Rohde & Schwarz SMA100B User Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Rohde & Schwarz Manuals
  4. Portable Generator
  5. SMA100B
  6. User manual

Rohde & Schwarz SMA100B User Manual

Rf and microwave signal generator
Hide thumbs Also See for SMA100B:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
®
R&S
SMA100B
RF and Microwave Signal Generator
User Manual
(;ÜVR2)
1178383402
Version 12

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the SMA100B and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Rohde & Schwarz SMA100B

Summary of Contents for Rohde & Schwarz SMA100B

  • Page 1 ® R&S SMA100B RF and Microwave Signal Generator User Manual (;ÜVR2) 1178383402 Version 12...
  • Page 2 ® This document describes the R&S SMA100B models, stock no. 1419.8888.02 and its options: ● ® R&S SMAB-B1H ● ® R&S SMAB-B28 ● ® R&S SMAB-B29 ● ® R&S SMAB-B32/-B34/-B35/-B36S/-B37/-B39 ● ® R&S SMAB-B80/-B85 ● ® R&S SMAB-B81/-B82 ● ®...

  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    Preparing for use......................23 3.1.1 Lifting and carrying......................23 3.1.2 Unpacking and checking....................23 3.1.3 Choosing the operating site..................23 3.1.4 Setting up the R&S SMA100B..................24 3.1.5 Considerations for test setup..................26 3.1.6 Connecting to power..................... 26 3.1.7 Connecting to LAN......................27 3.1.8 Connecting USB devices....................
  • Page 4 ® Contents R&S SMA100B 3.1.10 Connecting to RF 50 Ω....................30 3.1.11 Connecting to Ref In/Ref Out..................30 3.1.12 Switching on or off......................30 Instrument tour......................32 3.2.1 Front panel tour......................32 3.2.2 Rear panel tour......................39 Trying out the instrument...................43 3.3.1 Generating an unmodulated carrier................43 3.3.2...
  • Page 5 ® Contents R&S SMA100B 5.4.3 Chirp modulation......................90 5.4.4 Pulse generator......................95 5.4.5 Pulse graph......................... 108 5.4.6 Pulse external / trigger settings...................109 5.4.7 FM, PhiM and AM modulation sources................110 5.4.8 LF signal output settings....................117 5.4.9 Overview........................119 How to generate an amplitude modulated signal..........121 How to generate a pulse modulated signal............
  • Page 6 ® Contents R&S SMA100B 8 List and sweep mode.................185 Signal generation and triggering in the sweep and list modes......187 About sweep mode....................194 8.2.1 Correlating parameters in sweep mode..............195 8.2.2 Sweep signal shapes....................197 About list mode......................198 Significant parameters and functions..............199...
  • Page 7 ® Contents R&S SMA100B 9.4.2 Connecting R&S NRP power sensors to the R&S SMA100B........251 9.4.3 NRP power viewer...................... 252 9.4.4 NRP power control...................... 253 9.4.5 NRP sensor configuration................... 258 9.4.6 NRP sensor mapping....................263 9.4.7 NRP power analysis....................266 Improving the RF signal performance..............313 10 Reference oscillator................317...
  • Page 8 Removing file system protection................. 354 12.9.2 Accessing the file system using FTP................355 12.9.3 Accessing the R&S SMA100B file system using SMB (Samba)......... 356 12.9.4 Using a USB storage device for file transfer............... 358 12.9.5 Using a file server for test files exchange..............358 12.10...
  • Page 9 ® Contents R&S SMA100B 13.6 Shutting down and rebooting the instrument............406 14 Network operation and remote control..........407 14.1 Overview of remote access modes................. 408 14.2 Remote control interfaces and protocols............... 409 14.2.1 LAN interface......................410 14.2.2 USB interface......................412 14.2.3...
  • Page 10 ® Contents R&S SMA100B 14.8.2 To establish the connection using VXI-11 protocol............457 14.8.3 To establish the connection using socket communication...........462 14.9 To establish a remote control session over GPIB..........463 14.10 To establish a remote control session over USB...........464 14.11 To trace messages with the LXI web browser interface........465 14.12...
  • Page 11 ® Contents R&S SMA100B 15.8 DIAGnostic subsystem.....................515 15.9 HUMS remote control commands................518 15.10 DISPlay subsystem....................525 15.11 FORMat subsystem....................530 15.12 HCOPy subsystem....................531 15.12.1 Hard copy settings...................... 532 15.12.2 Automatic naming....................... 534 15.13 KBOard subsystem....................536 15.14 OUTPut subsystem....................537 15.15...
  • Page 12 ® Contents R&S SMA100B 15.18.14 SOURce:SWEep subsystem..................760 15.19 SYSTem subsystem....................775 15.20 STATus subsystem....................805 15.21 TEST subsystem....................... 809 15.22 TRIGger subsystem....................812 15.23 UNIT subsystem......................816 16 Troubleshooting and notifications........... 817 16.1 Notifications......................817 16.1.1 Volatile notifications.....................817 16.1.2 Permanent notifications....................818 16.2...
  • Page 13 ® Contents R&S SMA100B 18.4 Disposal........................848 Annex....................849 A Reference information for remote control........849 Telnet program examples..................849 GPIB interface......................854 B Available user files and file extensions........... 856 C Unit shortcuts..................857 D Morse code settings................859 Glossary: Terms and abbreviations..........860 Glossary: Publications and references..........864...
  • Page 14 ® Contents R&S SMA100B User Manual 1178.3834.02 ─ 12...

  • Page 15: Safety And Regulatory Information

    ® Safety and regulatory information R&S SMA100B Safety instructions 1 Safety and regulatory information The product documentation helps you use the product safely and efficiently. Follow the instructions provided here and in the following chapters. Intended use The product generates radio frequency (RF) signals for the development, production and verification of electronic components, modules or devices.
  • Page 16 ® Safety and regulatory information R&S SMA100B Safety instructions Reconfigure or adjust the product only as described in the product documentation or the specifications document. Any other modifications can affect safety and are not per- mitted. Never open the casing of the product. Only service personnel authorized by Rohde &...
  • Page 17 ® Safety and regulatory information R&S SMA100B Safety instructions Connecting the product Before connecting the interfaces and measuring inputs of the product to other products or electrical circuits, make sure that the other products or electrical circuits provide special protection against electric shock. This protection principle is referred to as SELV (safety extra-low voltage) and is based on a low voltage level and increased insulation.

  • Page 18: Labels On R&S Sma100B

    ● Identification of the product, see the serial number on the rear panel. Table 1-1: Labels regarding R&S SMA100B and environment safety Labeling in line with EN 50419 for disposal of electrical and electronic equipment after the prod- uct has come to the end of its service life. For more information, see Chapter 18.4,...

  • Page 19: Where To Find Key Documents On Rohde & Schwarz

    ® Safety and regulatory information R&S SMA100B Korea certification class A 1.4 Where to find key documents on Rohde & Schwarz Certificates issued to Rohde & Schwarz that are relevant for your country are provided at www.rohde-schwarz.com/key-documents, e.g. concerning: ●...

  • Page 20: Welcome

    Chapter 18.3.4, "Check dis- play screen", on page 844. ● Glossary for publications and references added. 2.3 Documentation overview This section provides an overview of the R&S SMA100B user documentation. Unless specified otherwise, you find the documents at: User Manual 1178.3834.02 ─ 12...

  • Page 21: Getting Started Manual

    2.3.1 Getting started manual Introduces the R&S SMA100B and describes how to set up and start working with the product. Includes basic operations, typical measurement examples, and general infor- mation, e.g. safety instructions, etc. A printed version is delivered with the instrument.

  • Page 22: Calibration Certificate

    ® Welcome R&S SMA100B Documentation overview The brochure provides an overview of the instrument and deals with the specific char- acteristics. www.rohde-schwarz.com/brochure-datasheet/sma100b 2.3.7 Calibration certificate The document is available on https://gloris.rohde-schwarz.com/calcert. You need the device ID of your instrument, which you can find on a label on the rear panel.

  • Page 23: Getting Started

    For safety information, see "Lifting and carrying the product" on page 16. Use the handles for lifting and carrying the R&S SMA100B. Figure 3-1: Instrument side view with front handles (1) and side handles (2) 3.1.2 Unpacking and checking 1. Unpack the R&S SMA100B carefully.

  • Page 24: Setting Up The R&S Sma100B

    "Intended use" on page 15 3.1.4.1 Placing the R&S SMA100B on a bench top To place the product on a bench top 1. Place the product on a stable, flat and level surface. Ensure that the surface can support the weight of the product. For information on the weight, see the specifica- tions document.
  • Page 25 Design and implement an efficient ventilation concept for the rack. To mount the R&S SMA100B in a rack 1. Use an adapter kit that fits the dimensions of the R&S SMA100B to prepare the instrument for rack mounting. a) Order the rack adapter kit designed for the R&S SMA100B.

  • Page 26: Considerations For Test Setup

    Bring the lifting equipment to shelf height. 3. Remove the R&S SMA100B from the rack. 4. If placing the R&S SMA100B on a bench top again, unmount the adapter kit from the R&S SMA100B. Follow the instructions provided with the adapter kit.

  • Page 27: Connecting To Lan

    Using DHCP (dynamic host configuration protocol), the R&S SMA100B assigns the IP address automatically. If connected to the LAN, the R&S SMA100B displays the IP address and the host- name at the left bottom of the home screen. 1 = Hostname 2 = IP address If disconnected from the LAN, the R&S SMA100B displays the IP address 0.0.0.0.

  • Page 28: Connecting To Rf Coaxial Connectors

    Here, you find information on how to prepare and to connect to RF coaxial connectors of the R&S SMA100B. Use these RF connectors, for example, for output of the RF sig- nal or for input of an external reference signal.
  • Page 29 Turn the nut of the outer connector until the connectors are firmly coupled. d) Using a calibrated torque wrench torque the nut to the limit as in the table below. Hold the opposite connector part stationary with a spanner. The R&S SMA100B provides screwable RF connectors as in Table 3-1.

  • Page 30: Connecting To Rf 50 Ω

    To prevent RF output switch-off ► NOTICE! If you set a too high output level without a load connected to the instru- ment, the reverse power can exceed a limit forcing the R&S SMA100B to switch off the RF output.
  • Page 31 After booting, the R&S SMA100B starts up displaying the home screen on the screen on the front panel. To check startup functions When starting for the first time, the R&S SMA100B starts with the default settings. When restarting, the R&S SMA100B recalls the instrument configuration before shut- down.

  • Page 32: Instrument Tour

    R&S SMA100B. Most of the connectors are at the rear panel and are described in Chapter 3.2.2, "Rear panel tour", on page 39. Figure 3-2: Front panel view of the R&S SMA100B RF Signal Generator with height unit 2HU (option R&S SMAB-B92) Utility keys Touchscreen...
  • Page 33 ® Getting started R&S SMA100B Instrument tour Figure 3-3: Front panel view of the R&S SMA100B RF Signal Generator with height unit 3HU (option R&S SMAB-B93) On/Standby Utility keys Touchscreen Keypad Function keys Navigation controls Display keys SD card slot...
  • Page 34 "Cleaning", on page 833, for cleaning the screen. 3.2.1.2 Utility keys The utility keys set the R&S SMA100B to a defined state, and provide access to basic settings and information on assistance. Table 3-3: Utility keys Utility Key Assigned functions...
  • Page 35 ® Getting started R&S SMA100B Instrument tour The LED above the [On/Standby] key indicates the instrument state, see Chap- ter 3.1.12, "Switching on or off", on page 30. 3.2.1.4 Function keys Function keys provide access to the most common generator settings and functions.
  • Page 36 ® Getting started R&S SMA100B Instrument tour ● Opens a context-sensitive menu, when it is pressed and held. Editing keys Editing keys enable you to confirm an entry, delete individual characters, or exit the current operation. Table 3-6: Editing keys...
  • Page 37 Sensor Connector for R&S NRP sensors. A power sensor is connected to the R&S SMA100B by inserting the male connector. To disconnect, pull the connector by its sleeve. You cannot disconnect the sensor simply by pulling at the cable or the rear part of the connector.
  • Page 38 ® Getting started R&S SMA100B Instrument tour Further information on connecting and using power sensors, see Chapter 9.4.2, "Con- necting R&S NRP power sensors to the R&S SMA100B", on page 251, Chapter 9.4.7, "NRP power analysis", on page 266, Chapter 9.4.6, "NRP sensor mapping",...

  • Page 39: Rear Panel Tour

    For technical data of the connectors, refer to the specifications document. 9 10 11 12 13 Figure 3-5: R&S SMA100B rear panel with height unit 2HU (option R&S SMAB-B92) = Serial number (six digits in the string 1419.8888.02-<serial number>-<checksum>) IEC 625/IEEE 488...
  • Page 40 AC power supply connector and switch 19 = RF 50 Ω 9 10 Figure 3-6: Rear panel view of the R&S SMA100B RF Signal Generator with height unit 3HU (option R&S SMAB-B93) = Serial number (six digits in the string 1419.8888.02-<serial number>-<checksum>) IEC 625/IEEE 488...
  • Page 41 Female USB 2.0 connector of type Micro-B (USB In), for example, for remote con- trol. How to: Chapter 3.1.8, "Connecting USB devices", on page 27 RJ-45 connector to connect the R&S SMA100B to a LAN for remote control, remote operation, and data transfer. How to: Chapter 3.1.7, "Connecting to LAN", on page 27 Ref In/Ref Out Input/output for external reference signal.
  • Page 42 Rear panel connector for the RF signal. This connector is for use of the instrument in a 19" rack. How to: ● Chapter 3.1.4.2, "Mounting the R&S SMA100B in a rack", on page 25 ● Chapter 3.1.10, "Connecting to RF 50 Ω",...

  • Page 43: Trying Out The Instrument

    We start to generate a simple unmodulated signal. In this example, the R&S SMA100B can be in its minimal configuration. 1. On the R&S SMA100B front panel, press the [Preset] key to set a defined initial instrument state. 2. Set the frequency: a) In the "Status Bar", tap the "Frequency"...
  • Page 44 4. To activate RF signal output, select "Level" > "RF On" in the tile diagram. The blue colored "RF On" icon indicates that the RF output is activated. The R&S SMA100B provides the 6 GHz signal at the RF A connector at the front panel.
  • Page 45 ® Getting started R&S SMA100B Trying out the instrument Figure 3-7: Generating an unmodulated signal Alternative ways to access the instrument functions To fulfill the same task, you can also use the front panel keys or the setting parameters provided in the frequency and level dialogs.

  • Page 46: Generating An Rf Frequency Sweep Signal

    SMA100B Trying out the instrument ® Connect RF 50 Ω of the R&S SMA100B to a signal analyzer, for example R&S FSW, to display the generated signal. For the required settings of the signal analyzer, refer to its user manual or its online help.
  • Page 47 6. In the "General" tab, activate the frequency sweep with "State > On". 7. Close the sweep dialog. (Alternatively, tap the "Home" button to minimize the dialog. The R&S SMA100B indicates the "Sweep" dialog as active dialog in the task bar.) 8.

  • Page 48: Saving And Recalling Settings

    ® Getting started R&S SMA100B Trying out the instrument 3.3.3 Saving and recalling settings To restore the results of our measurements later, we save the instrument settings in a file. To save the instrument settings in a file We assume, a test configuration as described in Chapter 3.3.2, "Generating an RF fre-...
  • Page 49 ® Getting started R&S SMA100B Trying out the instrument 4. In the "Save/Recall" dialog, select "Operation Mode > Recall". Navigate to the directory the file is saved in and select the MyTestSignal file. 5. Tap the "Recall" button. All instrument settings are restored and the display resembles Chapter 3.3.2, "Gen-...

  • Page 50: Operating The Instrument

    All changed parameters are highlighted. See also Chapter 12, "File and data management", on page 331. 3.4 Operating the instrument This chapter provides an overview on basic operating tasks. There are three ways to operate the R&S SMA100B. User Manual 1178.3834.02 ─ 12...

  • Page 51: Means Of Manual Interaction

    Remote operation For remote monitoring and operation of the instrument, a VNC server is installed on the R&S SMA100B. You need a LAN connection to the computer, and a VNC client or browser to connect to the instrument. This way of operation is described in Chapter 14.1, "Overview of remote access...

  • Page 52: Understanding The Display Information

    ● Using a key on the instrument or on a keyboard 3.4.2 Understanding the display information The home screen of the R&S SMA100B displays all main settings and generator states, divided into main operation areas. Figure 3-9: Home screen 1 = Taskbar/softkey bar with "Home" and "System Config" key...
  • Page 53 The status bar at the top of the screen indicates the RF frequency and the level of the output signal provided to the DUT. You can set both parameters directly here. 3.4.2.2 Tile diagram The tile diagram is the main entry to the settings of the R&S SMA100B. Tile Access to: ●...
  • Page 54 ● Info line The "Info line" shows brief status information and error messages. It appears when an event generates a message. If selected, the R&S SMA100B shows information on static errors and the error history. User Manual 1178.3834.02 ─ 12...

  • Page 55: Accessing The Functionality

    ® Getting started R&S SMA100B Operating the instrument ● Key parameters indicated in tab labels ● Scrollbar handle An arrow icon that appears when you touch a scrollbar helps you to scroll in a dia- log or list. If no scrollbar handle appears, you can touch and swipe an element to scroll up and down.

  • Page 56: Entering Data

    ® Getting started R&S SMA100B Operating the instrument ● Context-sensitive menus for specific elements on the touchscreen, or with the rotary knob (press and hold). ● Elements on the status bar in the touchscreen ● Displayed setting on the touchscreen that means block diagram and all settings available in dialogs.

  • Page 57: Undo And Redo Actions

    The unit is added to the entry. Tip: For a quick unit change, you can enter shortcuts, for example for a frequency value 1e8h for 100 MHz. For an overview of shortcuts supported by the R&S SMA100B, see Chapter C, "Unit shortcuts",...

  • Page 58: Getting Information And Help

    ® Getting started R&S SMA100B Operating the instrument "Redo" restores a previously undone action. 3.4.6 Getting information and help In some dialog boxes, graphics are included to explain the way a setting works. For further information, you can use the following sources: ●...
  • Page 59 ® Getting started R&S SMA100B Operating the instrument The help system also provides an "Index" and a "Find" area, and "Zoom" functions that are accessed via the corresponding buttons. To open general help ► Press the yellow [Help] key on the front panel.

  • Page 60: Rf Signal Configuration

    Chapter 5, "Analog modulations", on page 77. The R&S SMA100B allows you to provide the RF signal with constant or varying fre- quencies and/or amplitudes at the output: ● Constant frequency and level (CW/Fixed mode) The RF output signal has the set frequency and level.

  • Page 61: Activating Rf Signal Output

    ® RF signal configuration R&S SMA100B How to set the frequency and level The RF signal is based on a list of predefined frequency and level values pairs and step widths. Chapter 8, "List and sweep mode", on page 185.
  • Page 62 Press the [Level] key 2. Enter the values as required. The R&S SMA100B indicates the frequency and level settings in the status bar of the home screen, and shows active functions and parameters of the RF signal in the "Fre- quency"...

  • Page 63: Phase Continuous Frequency

    RF Out 4.3 Phase continuous frequency The R&S SMA100B enables you to generate a phase continuous RF signal over a cer- tain frequency range. In this mode, the output sine wave signal shows no phase dis- continuity or glitch when changing the frequency, e.g in sweep mode.

  • Page 64: Rf Connector Settings

    ® RF signal configuration R&S SMA100B RF connector settings Before setting the parameters and activating the phase continuous mode, turn off aci- tive sweeps. 1. If the "RF Frequency Sweep" is running, select "Sweep" > "RF Frequency Sweep". 2. Turn off "State".
  • Page 65 ® RF signal configuration R&S SMA100B RF connector settings The "RF Connectors" tab shows the assignment of the logical signals to the con- nectors. The connectors displayed depend on the options installed. 2. Select a "Signal" to access the corresponding settings dialog or directly set signal characteristics.
  • Page 66 ® RF signal configuration R&S SMA100B RF connector settings Settings: Signal..........................66 Connector........................67 Show Connector......................67 Signal Displays the signal that is assigned to the connector. Selecting a signal opens the settings dialog for configuring the signal, or setting signal characteristics directly.

  • Page 67: Rf Frequency Settings

    ® RF signal configuration R&S SMA100B RF frequency settings "Ref. Freq. Output" Output of the internal reference signal, see Chapter 10.3, "Reference output settings", on page 321. "Signal Valid" / "Signal Valid Neg." Automatically generated output signal that identifies a valid signal time (level and frequency) for all analog modulation signals.
  • Page 68 ® RF signal configuration R&S SMA100B RF frequency settings The "Frequency" tile indicates the reference frequency, current frequency offset and multiplier values, and phase offset value. In the "RF Frequency" dialog, you can configure: ● RF frequency, incl. an offset or multiplication factor of a downstream instrument ●...
  • Page 69 The "Frequency" value displayed in the status bar is the resulting frequency, as it is at the output of the downstream instrument. The frequency at the R&S SMA100B RF out- put is not changed. "RF frequency and level display with a downstream instrument"...

  • Page 70: Rf Level Settings

    ® RF signal configuration R&S SMA100B RF level settings Remote command: on page 706 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STEP:MODE on page 750 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STEP:MODE Variation Step ← User Variation Sets the user-defined step width. Remote command: on page 706 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STEP[:INCRement] on page 751 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STEP[:INCRement] 4.6 RF level settings Access: 1.

  • Page 71: Rf State/Rf On

    ® RF signal configuration R&S SMA100B RF level settings 3. Observe the information on the home screen, "Level" tile. The "Level" tile indicates the level limit, the user correction status and current cor- rection value, current setting characteristics incl. mode.

  • Page 72: Limit

    The "Level" value displayed in the status bar is the resulting level, as it is at the output of the downstream instrument. The level at the R&S SMA100B RF output is not changed. "RF frequency and level display with a downstream instrument"...

  • Page 73: Setting Characteristics

    "Attenuator" > Mode ● "ALC" > State Detector Sensitivity Note: If you select another setting characteristic, the R&S SMA100B presets the modified attenuator and ALC parameters. Remote command: on page 745 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:LBEHaviour Harmonic Filter Activates low harmonic filter or enables its automatic switching.

  • Page 74: Rf Phase Settings

    Readjust Recalculates and adjusts the internal switch positions of the RF chain according to the current level. The R&S SMA100B provides the "Readjust" function when you change one of the fol- lowing parameters from the default setting: ● "RF Level" >...
  • Page 75 Phase Continuous Active Activates generation of a phase continuous frequency signal. The R&S SMA100B generates a phase continuous output sinewave, i.e. without phase discontinuity or glitch when changing the frequency. For a given RF frequency, the frequency range is limited.
  • Page 76 ® RF signal configuration R&S SMA100B RF phase settings Remote command: on page 708 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:PHASe:CONTinuous:STATe Frequency Range Selects the mode that determines the frequency range for the phase continuity of the RF signal. The available frequency range depends on the selected mode and is limited by the res- olution of the used synthesizer.

  • Page 77: Analog Modulations

    PhiM for example, vary one property of the carrier proportional to the instantaneous amplitude of the modulating signal. Signal sources If fully equipped, the R&S SMA100B modulates signals from the following sources: ● Internal modulation source User Manual 1178.3834.02 ─ 12...
  • Page 78 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation types and signal sources – Two LF generators Each of the LF generators provides a modulation signal with sine, pulse, trian- gle or trapezoid shape. – Noise generator The noise generator supplies white noise with selectable bandwidth and distri- bution.
  • Page 79 DC, the RF output signal behaves according to: – input signal = 0 V: the RF output amplitude corresponds to the level value set in the R&S SMA100B – input signal = +1 V: the output level increases up to the maximum value given by the set modulation sensitivity –...

  • Page 80: Activating Analog Modulations

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings – excludes PhiM, avionics and pulse modulation – disables automatic level control (ALC) – can not be operated with an external modulation signal For more information, refer to the specifications document. 5.3 Activating analog modulations ►...
  • Page 81 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings Access: ► Select "Modulation" > "Pulse Modulation". The "Pulse Modulation" dialog contains all parameters required to configure the pulse modulator and the pulse generator. It also displays the pulse signal graphically. For an overview of the supported signals sources and related connectors, see Chap- ter 5.2, "Modulation types and signal...

  • Page 82: Fm, Phim And Am Modulation Settings

    For more information, refer to the specifications document. For more information, refer to the specifications document. Note: The R&S SMA100B supports this functionality up to a certain frequency, depending on the installed frequency options, see also "Interactions and characteristics"...
  • Page 83 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings Access: ► Select "Modulation" > "Amplitude Modulation/Frequency Modulation/Phase Modu- lation". The "FM", "ΦM" and "AM" tabs contain the parameters per modulation type. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in: ●...

  • Page 84: State

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings settings........................87 └ Mode....................... 88 └ Type........................ 88 └ Depth......................89 └ Sensitivity......................89 └ Deviation Mode....................89 └ Total Depth......................89 └ Ratio Path2/Path1...................90 State Activates a modulation. Note: Some modulations exclude each other and cannot be performed simultaneously.

  • Page 85: Deviation Mode

    Total Deviation. "Fixed Ratio" Couples the deviation ratio of both paths. If you change the deviation of any path, the R&S SMA100B adjusts the value of the other path. Remote command: on page 630 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:DEViation:MODE Total Deviation ← FM settings...

  • Page 86: Phim Settings

    Deviation. "Fixed Ratio" Couples the deviation ratio of both paths. If you change the deviation of any path, the R&S SMA100B adjusts the value of the other path. Remote command: on page 635 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:DEViation:MODE Total Deviation ← PhiM settings...

  • Page 87: Ratio Path2/Path1

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings ● Changing the deviation of one path adjusts the deviation of the other path. The sum always results in the set total deviation. Remote command: on page 635 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:DEViation:SUM Ratio Path2/Path1 ← PhiM settings Sets the deviation ratio (path2 to path1) in per cent.
  • Page 88 (Option: R&S SMAB-K721) Performs amplitude modulation with a higher dynamic range. The R&S SMA100B provides a special exponential amplitude modu- lation system optimized for highest dynamic range. You can use the scan mode to emulate level behaviors of transmitter/receiver systems with rotating antennas.
  • Page 89 The deviation sum of both paths is 100% in total. When the sum is exceeded, the R&S SMA100B reports a settings conflict, but does not change the settings. "Uncoupled" Enables you to adjust the deviation depth for each path independ- ently.

  • Page 90: Chirp Modulation

    A chirp is a signal with increasing or decreasing frequency over time. The R&S SMA100B always couples the chirp modulation with the pulse modulation. It generates the modulation signals for FM and pulse modulator, and synchronizes the signals internally.
  • Page 91 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings The nominal level is used for typically 3 ms to 5 ms after level or frequency setting, if: ● No attenuator is fitted. ● "High Power" mode is enabled. ● "Auto" mode is enabled, and if the level is in the range of the high power, i.e. the mechanical relay bypass is switched.
  • Page 92 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings Chirp modulation Access: ► Select "Modulation" > "Chirp Modulation". "Trigger Mode > Auto" "Trigger Mode > Single" The "Chirp Modulation" dialog contains the parameters for configuring the modula- tion and trigger settings. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 15.18.1.3, "SOURce:CHIRp...
  • Page 93 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings "Up" The chirp starts with the lower frequency. "Down" The chirp starts with the higher frequency. Remote command: on page 625 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:DIRection Trigger Mode Selects the trigger mode for chirp modulation signals. To supply the external trigger signal, use the Pulse Ext connector.
  • Page 94 The maximum bandwidth depends on the installed frequency option and the RF fre- quency. If the bandwidth exceeds the RF frequency, or the frequency is out of the bandwidth range, the R&S SMA100B sets the maximum bandwidth and generates an error message.

  • Page 95: Pulse Generator

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings Pulse external / trigger Access: 1. Select "Modulation" > "Chirp Modulation". 2. Select "Pulse External / Trigger". The "Pulse External / Trigger" dialog contains the parameters for configuring the externally applied pulse and trigger signals.

  • Page 96: Settings

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings The "Pulse Generator" tab contains the settings for creating the pulse modulation signal internally. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 15.18.1.6, "SOURce:PULM subsystem", on page 636.

  • Page 97: Settings Pulse Mode

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings Show Connector......................101 Pulse Output Polarity....................101 Execute Single Trigger....................101 Pulse Mode Sets the operating mode of the pulse generator. Depending on the selection, the instru- ment displays the associated parameters. "Single" Generates a single pulse in one pulse period.

  • Page 98: Trigger Mode

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings "Train" Option: R&S SMAB-K27 Generates a user-defined pulse train. 1 = 1st pulse: On-time 2 = 1st pulse: Off-time 3 = 1st pulse: pulse period 4 = 2nd pulse: repeated 3 times 5 = 3rd pulse 6 = 4th pulse Chapter 5.4.4.2, "Pulse generator >...
  • Page 99 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings "Ext Triggered" Generates the pulse signal each time an external trigger event occurs. Example: Generation of single pulse signal ("Pulse Mode = Sin- gle") using "Trigger Mode = Ext Triggered" = External trigger signal input with "Trigger Input Polarity = Normal" (the positive...

  • Page 100: Pulse Period

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings = External trigger signal input with "Trigger Input Polarity = Normal" (the positive slope is active) = Sync signal = Pulse signal = Trigger signal during double pulse generation is without effect Δt = Trigger delay between the trigger and the sync signal start.

  • Page 101: Pulse Width

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings Pulse Width Sets the pulse duration of the generated pulse signal. Note: The pulse width must be at least 20 ns less than the set pulse period. Remote command: on page 639 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:WIDTh Double Pulse Width Sets the width of the second pulse.

  • Page 102: Pulse Generator > Pulse Train Settings

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings Remote command: on page 639 [:SOURce]:PULM[:INTernal][:TRAin]:TRIGger:IMMediate 5.4.4.2 Pulse generator > pulse train settings Option: see Chapter 5.1, "Required options", on page 77. Access: 1. Select "Modulation" > "Pulse Modulation > Pulse Generator" > "Pulse Mode = Train".
  • Page 103 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings – Use the built-in editor table editor, see in the "Pulse Generator > Pulse Train" dialog. Once defined, pulse train settings can be saved in a file. For example, to exchange configuration between instruments or to modify the file content with an external program and reload them again.
  • Page 104 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings ● Use the general editor function to create internally new file or to edit an existing one. ● Use the standard file manager function to load externally created files to the instru- ment.

  • Page 105: Import/Export List Files

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings To fill the table, select "Fill". Note: Once you enter a value or fill a column, the editor automatically adds preset val- ues in the other columns. This functionality protects against data loss, otherwise incomplete rows will be lost when saving.
  • Page 106 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings 2. Select "Import/Export". Figure 5-1: Im-/Export dialog (example with UCOR settings) The "Import/Export" dialog contains all functions and settings to import externally created list data or to export it accordingly. You can process and store a list in the formats *.txt (ASCII), or *.csv (plain text with identical sequence of fields).
  • Page 107 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings on page 734 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:COLumn on page 695 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:EXTension [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:DECimal on page 696 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:COLumn on page 696 on page 646 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:AFILe:EXTension [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:DECimal on page 646 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:COLumn on page 646 Select (ASCII) Source/Select (ASCII) Destination In "Mode >...

  • Page 108: Pulse Graph

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings 5.4.5 Pulse graph Option: see Chapter 5.1, "Required options", on page 77. Access: ► Select "Modulation" > "Pulse Modulation > Pulse Graph". The pulse graph is the graphical representation of the current pulse signal.

  • Page 109: Pulse External / Trigger Settings

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings 5.4.6 Pulse external / trigger settings Access: ► Select "Modulation" > "Pulse Modulation > Pulse External / Trigger". The dialog specifies some characteristics of the Pulse Ext connector. This connector is common for the pulse generator and the pulse modulator. For an overview, see "Input and output connectors"...

  • Page 110: Fm, Phim And Am Modulation Sources

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings Threshold Sets the high/low threshold in volts for the signal at the [Pulse Ext] connector. Remote command: on page 642 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:THReshold Show Connector Accesses a dialog that displays the physical location of the selected connector on the front/rear panel of the instrument.
  • Page 111 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings 5.4.7.1 Source > LF generator settings Access: ► Select "Modulation" > "Modulation Sources > LF Generator". The internal LF signal can the modulation signal source for any of the analog mod- ulations. The LF signal applies to all modulations which use the internal modulation signal.
  • Page 112 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings You find this parameter in two dialogs: ● "LF Frequency Sweep" turns on/off the signal generation. Sweep mode settings for access. ● "Analog Modulation Sources" displays the current state (read-only). If it is turned...
  • Page 113 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings "Pulse" 1 = Pulse width 2 = Pulse period "Triangle" 1 = Triangle rise 2 = Triangle period "Trapezoid" 1 = Trapezoid rise 2 = Trapezoid high 3 = Trapezoid period 4 = Trapezoid fall...
  • Page 114 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings Remote command: on page 717 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe Frequency Sets the frequency of the LF generator for sine signals. Set the signal shape with the parameter Shape. Remote command: on page 713 [:SOURce]:LFOutput<ch>:FREQuency Period Sets the repetition rate of the generated LF signal for triangle, trapezoid or pulse shapes, see Shape.
  • Page 115 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings 5.4.7.2 Source > external settings Access: ► Select "Modulation" > "Modulation Sources > External". The "External" settings section contains all parameters required to configure the signal of an externally supplied LF signal. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 15.18.6, "SOURce:INPut...
  • Page 116 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings Impedance Sets the impedance for the externally supplied signal. Remote command: on page 709 [:SOURce<hw>]:INPut:MODext:IMPedance<ch> Bandwidth Displays the maximum bandwidth of the external LF signal. Remote command: on page 712 [:SOURce]:LFOutput<ch>:BANDwidth? Show Connector Accesses a dialog that displays the physical location of the selected connector on the front/rear panel of the instrument.

  • Page 117: Lf Signal Output Settings

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings Remote command: on page 736 [:SOURce<hw>]:NOISe:DISTribution Bandwidth Sets the noise bandwidth as distinct value. You can set the bandwidth between 100 kHz and 10 MHz in 100 KHz steps. Remote command: on page 736 [:SOURce<hw>]:NOISe:BANDwidth|BWIDth...
  • Page 118 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings DC-Offset........................118 Load Impedance......................118 Noise Level........................119 └ Noise Density....................119 └ Noise Level....................119 State Activates the output of the LF signal. Remote command: on page 715 [:SOURce]:LFOutput<ch>[:STATe] Source Select the sources for the signal output at the LF connector. If you activate path 1 and 2, those sources are added.

  • Page 119: Overview

    These signal generators come with an LF generator source impedance of 10 Ohm which is not available with the R&S SMA100B. The set LF generator load impedance enables the R&S SMA100B to emulate the 10 Ohm LF generator source impedance of these generators by a corresponding increase of the open circuit LF generator output voltage.
  • Page 120 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B Modulation settings Access: ► Select "Modulation" > "Modulation Sources > Overview". Blue color = Active output signal (AM and FM) Gray color = Inactive output signal (LF Out) Miniature graph = Indicates an active source Connectors = Indicate a connector (e.g.

  • Page 121: How To Generate An Amplitude Modulated Signal

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B How to generate a pulse modulated signal Label for the amplitude modulation settings in the overview. Remote command: n.a. FM/PhiM Selects the modulation signal to be assigned to the output. You can assign the fre- quency or phase modulated signal.

  • Page 122: How To Generate A Pulse Train Modulated Signal

    ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B How to generate a pulse train modulated signal To set the frequency and level of the RF signal 1. Press [Preset]. 2. In the status bar, set "Frequency = 4 GHz". 3. Set "Level = -25 dBm".
  • Page 123 ® Analog modulations R&S SMA100B How to generate a pulse train modulated signal 4. Select an existing file or select "New" to create one. 5. Define the filename. Select "Edit Pulse Train Data", if the file is empty or to control and change the val- ues.

  • Page 124: Avionic Standards

    Signal generation for VOR, ILS and ADF (R&S SMAB-K25) 6.2 About avionics This chapter summarizes information on avionics standards supported at the R&S SMA100B. Also, it links detailed information on the avionic standard supported at the R&S SMA100B. Overview of avionics standards ●...

  • Page 125: About Vor

    The magnetic north is defined as the reference point, for which both signals are exactly in phase. Related settings For VOR settings at the R&S SMA100B, see Chapter 6.3, "Generating VOR signals", on page 124.

  • Page 126: Vor Configuration And Settings

    ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating VOR signals Channel Frequency Channel Frequency Channel Frequency Channel Frequency 108.60 112.30 114.30 110X 116.30 108.65 112.35 114.35 110Y 116.35 108.80 112.40 114.40 111X 116.40 108.85 112.45 114.45 111Y 116.45 109.00 112.50 114.50 112X 116.50...
  • Page 127 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating VOR signals Access: ► Select "Modulation" > "Avionic Standards" > "VOR". The remote commands required to define VOR settings are described in Chap- ter 15.18.2.5, "SOURce:VOR subsystem", on page 681. Settings ● General settings....................127 ●...
  • Page 128 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating VOR signals Settings: State..........................128 Set To Default......................128 Save/Recall......................... 128 Carrier Frequency Mode..................... 129 Carrier Frequency....................... 129 ICAO Channel......................129 AM........................129 State Activates the avionic standard. Activation of the standard deactivates a previously active avionic standard. The "VOR/ILS >...
  • Page 129 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating VOR signals Carrier Frequency Mode Sets the mode for the carrier frequency of the signal. "User Defined" Activates user-defined setting of the carrier frequency. "ICAO" Activates ICAO-conform setting of the carrier frequency via the "ICAO Channel".
  • Page 130 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating VOR signals 6.3.2.2 Signal settings Access: ► Select "VOR" > "Signal". This dialog provides signal settings of the VOR modulation signal. Settings: Mode........................... 130 VAR/REF Frequency....................131 Depth........................131 Subcarrier Frequency....................131 Subcarrier Depth......................131 Deviation......................131 Mode Selects the operating mode for the VOR modulation signal.
  • Page 131 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating VOR signals VAR/REF Frequency Sets the frequency of the VAR signal and the REF signal. As the two signals must have the same frequency, the setting is valid for both signals. Remote command: on page 689 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:VAR:FREQuency...
  • Page 132 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating VOR signals 6.3.2.3 Position settings Access: ► Select "VOR" > "Position". This dialog provides position settings related to the VOR modulation signal. Settings: Bearing Angle......................132 Direction........................132 Bearing Angle Sets the phase angle between the 30 Hz VAR signal and the 30 Hz reference signal.
  • Page 133 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating VOR signals 6.3.2.4 COM/ID settings Access: ► Select "VOR" > "COM/ID". This dialog provides COM/ID signal settings related to the VOR signal. Settings: COM/ID State......................133 Code..........................133 Period..........................134 Frequency........................134 Depth...........................134 Time Schema......................134 Length........................134 Dash Length........................134...
  • Page 134 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating VOR signals The COM/ID tone is sent according to the selected code, see Chapter D, "Morse code settings", on page 859. If no coding is set, the COM/ID tone is sent uncoded (key down).

  • Page 135: Generating Ils Signals

    684 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:COMid:LETTer 6.4 Generating ILS signals This chapter provides information on instrument landing system (ILS) signal generation with the R&S SMA100B. This information includes required options, background infor- mation on ILS, generation of ILS signals, configuration and settings. ● About ILS......................
  • Page 136 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Glide slope The glide slope transmitter is located near the end of the runway (nearest to the start of the aircraft approach). Typically, vertically aligned antennas transmit two intersecting main beams on top of...
  • Page 137 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Marker beacons Marker beacon receivers are used for a rough distance measurement. They are availa- ble only for some ILS installations [1MA193]. Figure 6-2: Marker beacon placement and distance to runway Marker beacon receivers decode audio and provide signaling output to identify one of three marker beacons installed near the runway.

  • Page 138: Ils Configuration And Settings

    ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Related Settings For ILS settings at the R&S SMA100B, see the following sections: ● Chapter 6.4.2.2, "ILS glide slope settings", on page 141 ● Chapter 6.4.2.3, "ILS localizer settings", on page 147 ●...
  • Page 139 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Settings: ● General settings....................139 ● ILS glide slope settings..................141 ● ILS localizer settings..................... 147 ● ILS marker beacons settings.................156 6.4.2.1 General settings This chapter provides settings to configure general ILS components.
  • Page 140 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Settings: State..........................140 Set To Default......................140 Save/Recall......................... 140 Component......................140 State Activates the avionic standard. Activation of the standard deactivates a previously active avionic standard. The "VOR/ILS > Carrier Frequency" setting is applied automatically to the RF Frequency and displayed in the status bar.
  • Page 141 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals "Glide slope" Enables the glide slope. "Localizer" Enables the localizer. "Marker Beacons" Enables the marker beacons. Remote command: on page 660 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:TYPE 6.4.2.2 ILS glide slope settings Access: 1. Select "ILS" > "General".
  • Page 142 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Settings: Carrier Frequency Mode..................... 142 Carrier Frequency....................... 142 ICAO Channel......................142 Sync with Glide Slope/ Sync with Localizer..............142 AM........................143 Carrier Frequency Mode Sets the mode for the carrier frequency of the signal.
  • Page 143 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals EXT AM Activates additional modulation from an external source. The input of the external sig- nal is at the connector Ext. "Off" Selects the internal modulation source for the avionic standard modu- lation.
  • Page 144 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Operating Mode Selects the operating mode for the ILS glide slope modulation signal. "Norm" ILS glide slope modulation is active. "90 Hz" Amplitude modulation of the output signal with the upper lobe signal component (90 Hz signal content) of the ILS glide slope signal.
  • Page 145 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Amplitude settings Access: 1. Select "ILS Component" > "Glide Slope". See Chapter 6.4.2.2, "ILS glide slope set- tings", on page 141. 2. Select "ILS" > "Amplitude". This dialog provides amplitude settings related to the ILS glide slope component of the ILS signal.
  • Page 146 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Fly Mode Selects the simulation mode for the ILS glide slope modulation signal. A change of the setting automatically changes the sign of the DDM value. This setting simulates the direction in which the pilot has to correct the course.
  • Page 147 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals A variation of the value automatically leads to a variation of the DDM value and the instrument current. Remote command: on page 661 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM:LOGarithmic DDM Percent Sets the difference in depth of modulation between the upper lobe (90 Hz) and the lower lobe (150 Hz) tone of the ILS glide slope modulation signal.
  • Page 148 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals General settings Access: ► Select "ILS > General". This dialog provides carrier frequency settings of the ILS localizer component of the ILS signal. Settings: Carrier Frequency Mode..................... 148 Carrier Frequency....................... 148 ICAO Channel......................
  • Page 149 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Remote command: on page 672 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:FREQuency ICAO Channel Requires "Carrier Frequency Mode > ICAO". Sets the ICAO channel and the corresponding transmitting frequency. If avionic standard modulation is activated and you change the "RF Frequency", the frequency value of the closest ICAO channel is applied automatically.
  • Page 150 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Signal settings Access: 1. Select "ILS Component" > "Localizer". See Chapter 6.4.2.3, "ILS localizer settings", on page 147. 2. Select "ILS" > "Signal". This dialog provides audio signal and modulation settings related to the ILS local- izer component of the ILS signal.
  • Page 151 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals "150 Hz" Amplitude modulation of the output signal with the right lobe (150 Hz) signal component of the ILS localizer signal. The modulation depth of the 150 Hz signal results from the settings of...
  • Page 152 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals 2. Select "ILS" > "Amplitude". This dialog provides amplitude settings related to the ILS localizer component of the ILS signal. Settings: Mode........................152 Sum of Depth......................152 DDM - SDM Coupling....................153 Step........................153 Current.......................
  • Page 153 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals The RMS modulation depth of the sum signal depends on the phase setting of both modulation tones. The "Sum of Depth" and "COM/ID > Depth" must be smaller than 100 %. Remote command: on page 675 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:SDM...
  • Page 154 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals DDM Logarithmic Sets the DDM value in dB. The dB value is calculated according to: DDM dB = 20 × LOG [(SDM + DDM × 100 %) / (SDM - DDM × 100 %)] A variation of the value automatically leads to a variation of the DDM value and the instrument current.
  • Page 155 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals This dialog provides COM/ID settings related to the ILS localizer component of the ILS signal. Settings: COM/ID State......................155 Code..........................155 Frequency........................155 Period..........................155 Depth...........................155 Time Schema......................156 Length........................156 Dash Length........................156 Symbol Space......................156 Letter Space........................156...
  • Page 156 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Time Schema Sets the time schema of the Morse code for the COM/ID signal. "Standard" The set dot length determines the length of the dash, the symbol space and letter space of the Morse code.
  • Page 157 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Settings: ● General settings....................157 ● Signal settings.......................158 ● COM/ID settings....................159 General settings Access: 1. Select "ILS Component > Marker Beacons". Chapter 6.4.2.4, "ILS marker beacons settings", on page 156. 2. Select "ILS > General".
  • Page 158 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Signal settings Access: 1. Select "ILS Component" > "Marker Beacons". See Chapter 6.4.2.4, "ILS marker beacons settings", on page 156. 2. Select "ILS" > "Signal". This dialog provides signal settings related to the ILS marker beacons component of the ILS signal.
  • Page 159 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals "On" Modulation of pulsed marker signals (morse coding). The duty cycle, the marker on- and off-times depend on the frequency of the marker signal (Table 6-3). Table 6-3: ILS marker beacons marker signals and morse coding Signal Freq.
  • Page 160 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ILS signals Settings: COM/ID State......................160 Code..........................160 Period..........................160 Frequency........................160 Depth...........................160 Time Schema......................160 Length........................161 Dash Length........................161 Symbol Space......................161 Letter Space........................161 COM/ID State Enables/disables the COM/ID signal. See also Chapter D, "Morse code settings", on page 859.

  • Page 161: Generating Adf Signals

    678 [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon:COMid:LETTer 6.5 Generating ADF signals This chapter provides information on automatic direction finder (ADF) signal generation with the R&S SMA100B. This information includes required options, background infor- mation on ADF, generation of ADF signals, configuration and settings. ● About ADF......................161...

  • Page 162: Adf Configuration And Settings

    The ADF determines the direction to the NDB station relative to the aircraft and is used for instrument approaches (autopilot). It provides additional information to other naviga- tion equipment, e.g. VOR. Related Settings For ADF settings at the R&S SMA100B, see Chapter 6.5.2, "ADF configuration and settings", on page 162.
  • Page 163 "Avionic: ADF" for enabled ADF modulation ADF state and carrier frequency range If the R&S SMA100B carrier frequency is outside the specified ADF frequency range from 190 kHz to 1750 kHz, a settings conflict is displayed. Activating ADF is not possi- ble.
  • Page 164 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ADF signals The settings are saved in a file with predefined extension. You can define the filename and the directory, in that you want to save the file. Remote command: on page 653 <subsystem>:SETTing:CATalog on page 653 <subsystem>:SETTing:DELete...
  • Page 165 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ADF signals COM/ID State Enables/disables the COM/ID signal. Remote command: on page 658 [:SOURce<hw>]:ADF:COMid[:STATe] Code Sets the coding of the COM/ID signal by the international short name of the airport (e.g. MUC for the Munich airport).
  • Page 166 ® Avionic standards R&S SMA100B Generating ADF signals Dash Length Requires "Time Schema" > "User". Sets the length of a Morse code dash. Remote command: on page 656 [:SOURce<hw>]:ADF:COMid:DASH Symbol Space Requires "Time Schema" > "User". Sets the length of the Morse code symbol space.

  • Page 167: Multiplying Rf Output Frequencies

    R&S SMA100B. Also the multiplication factor is automatically set in the R&S SMA100B and the correct incident power of +7 dBm to the R&S SZM. Therefore, the instruments are able to provide a precise output signal for the DUT for a specific frequency.

  • Page 168: Operating Frequency Multipliers

    Generator control Figure 7-1: Typical setup using a frequency multiplier Frequency multiplier connection You can control a frequency multiplier via USB by one R&S SMA100B that exclusively controls the frequency multiplier. The R&S SMA100B ● Reads out the frequency multiplication factor of the R&S SZM ●...

  • Page 169: Connecting A Frequency Multiplier

    To connect an R&S SZM The following procedure describes how to connect the R&S SMA100B to an R&S SZM using the "RF 50 Ω" connector as IF signal output. The R&S SZM and R&S SMA100B are connected to power and switched on.

  • Page 170: Controlling The Frequency Multiplier

    This chapter provides step-by-step descriptions for controlling, updating and operating a frequency multiplier with the R&S SMA100B. For controlling the frequency multiplier R&S SZM via USB, the R&S SMAB-K554 key must be installed on the R&S SMA100B. The descriptions cover the following topics: ●...
  • Page 171 Select "Auto Connect > On". If you select this setting, you do not need to execute steps 1 to 6 each time you reconnect the R&S SZM to the R&S SMA100B via USB. b) Select "Preset behavior: Keep connections to external instruments > On".
  • Page 172 1. Enter the "Frequency" value in the "Frequency" field on the home screen. Note: The "Level" field is grayed out and shows the output power of the R&S SZM. The R&S SMA100B reads out this number from a calibration table internally stored on the R&S SZM.
  • Page 173 ® Multiplying RF output frequencies R&S SMA100B Operating frequency multipliers To configure for R&S SZM with mechanically attenuator option installed When using a base instrument with the attenuator option R&S SZM-BxxM installed: 1. Enter the "Frequency" value in the "Frequency" field on the home screen.

  • Page 174: Generating Rf Output Signals

    2. Select "Frequency". 3. Enter the "Multiplier" value. To output the external frontend RF signal The procedure assumes, that a remote control connection between R&S SMA100B and R&S SZM is established, see "To configure the R&S SMA100B" on page 170.

  • Page 175: External Rf Settings

    Access: ► Select "System config" tile > "System Configuration" > "External RF" tab. In the "External RF" tab you can connect the frequency multiplier with the R&S SMA100B, see "To configure the R&S SMA100B" on page 170. Settings: Connect/Disconnect....................175 Auto Connect......................
  • Page 176 With enabled auto connect function, the instrument automatically detects connected external instruments and establishes the required connection. If the "Auto Connect > Off", however, after a R&S SMA100B startup you have to revise the test setup and perform the following: ●...

  • Page 177: Remote Instrument Settings

    ® Multiplying RF output frequencies R&S SMA100B External RF configuration and settings Instrument Name Displays useful information on the connected external instrument, like the instrument designation. Remote command: on page 613 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF<ch>:INAMe? 7.3.2 Remote instrument settings Access: ► Select the "System Configuration" tile > "System Configuration" > "External Instru- ment"...
  • Page 178 The "Clean All" function unselects the external instrument, disables the connection and removes all configured settings of the external instrument in the system configuration. It also removes all instruments not connected via USB cable to the R&S SMA100B from the "External Instrument" list.

  • Page 179: Rf Frontend Settings

    ® Multiplying RF output frequencies R&S SMA100B External RF configuration and settings Apply and Connect Confirms the settings and triggers the connection establishment. In the connected instruments, the status of this active remote connection is displayed by the "Remote" indication.
  • Page 180 ® Multiplying RF output frequencies R&S SMA100B External RF configuration and settings To operate an external frontend with the R&S SMA100B Chapter 7.2, "Operating frequency multipliers", on page 168. Settings: ● General settings....................180 ● Versions and options information................181 ●...
  • Page 181 ® Multiplying RF output frequencies R&S SMA100B External RF configuration and settings 7.3.3.2 Versions and options information Access: 1. Select "Clk Syn / FE / Pow Sens" tile > "RF Frontend" > "Frontend Device". 2. Select "Version / Options". The "Versions / Options" tab displays information on the firmware and hardware of the connected external frontend.
  • Page 182 ® Multiplying RF output frequencies R&S SMA100B External RF configuration and settings "Part Number" Displays the part number for each hardware component. "Serial Number" Displays the serial number for each hardware component. "Revision" Displays the revision version for each hardware component.
  • Page 183 ® Multiplying RF output frequencies R&S SMA100B External RF configuration and settings You can load correction data to compensate for signal losses in the cable occurring at different IF signal frequencies. Files containing correction data have the extension *.s2p or *.uco. The following descriptions are exemplary with *.s2p files. Working with *.uco files is analogous.
  • Page 184 ® Multiplying RF output frequencies R&S SMA100B External RF configuration and settings Example: Displaying file correction data The example for the *.s2p file below comprises correction data for frequencies from 0 GHz to 7.5 GHz. # HZ S DB R 50.00 ! Date: 2020-06-12;11:48:28...

  • Page 185: List And Sweep Mode

    A signal generated with varying parameters scans a certain range of varying values of a parameter, with defined start and end points, and can be repeated cyclically. The R&S SMA100B supports two basic methods: ● Sweep mode The instrument generates an RF signal which varies its frequency or level values in discrete steps between the start and end values.
  • Page 186 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Figure 8-2: Schematic representation of a signal generated in list mode (global dwell time) The list mode is especially useful in high-speed measurements with fast changing frequency and level settings. Note that the shown diagrams represent the behaviour in theory. In real signal genera- tion, the instruments usually have a blank time when the frequency or level changes.

  • Page 187: Signal Generation And Triggering In The Sweep And List Modes

    If the dwell time in sweep or list mode is too short or external trigger signals come too fast, the signal generation delays. As the delay increases, the R&S SMA100B signals an overrun, or even stops sweep or list mode signal generation, if the delay gets too long.
  • Page 188 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Signal generation and triggering in the sweep and list modes Auto mode (Sweep/List) Figure 8-3: Auto mode (Sweep/List) ● The instrument generates the signal continuously. ● Trigger mode "Auto" is prerequisite (default). It causes the continuous generation of the sweep signal.
  • Page 189 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Signal generation and triggering in the sweep and list modes Single / Extern Single mode (Sweep/List) Figure 8-4: Single / Extern Single mode (sweep / list ) In single mode, you can specify, that the signal returns to the start value when a sweep cycle has been completed.
  • Page 190 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Signal generation and triggering in the sweep and list modes Table 8-2: Cross-reference between manual and remote control in Single / Extern Single modes (Sweep/List) Manual control mode: Remote commands "Single / Extern Single"...
  • Page 191 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Signal generation and triggering in the sweep and list modes ● Trigger sources: – The rotary knob at the front panel. – The [Arrow] keys at the front panel. – The corresponding remote control commands.
  • Page 192 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Signal generation and triggering in the sweep and list modes Extern Start/Stop mode (sweep) Figure 8-6: Extern Start/Stop mode (sweep) ● The instrument generates the signal continuously. ● Trigger mode "Auto" and "Sweep > State = On" are prerequisite.
  • Page 193 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Signal generation and triggering in the sweep and list modes Manual mode (Sweep/List) The manual mode only applies to remote control. It is not visible in the graphical user interface of the instrument and is described here for completeness.

  • Page 194: About Sweep Mode

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B About sweep mode The Retrace function Retrace is a function especially designed for "Single" sweep modes, when the sweep signal follows a sawtooth shape. Working in this mode, the instrument performs a sin- gle sweep cycle when a trigger event occurs.

  • Page 195: Correlating Parameters In Sweep Mode

    The combined RF sweep functionality processes the signal similar to the Live list mode. The R&S SMA100B sets the frequency and level values simultaneously in the hardware. The difference to the list mode is that the values are not taken from a previ- ously created list, but are calculated using the selected frequency and level ranges, the dwell time and the number of steps.
  • Page 196 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B About sweep mode Variable Description Next, subsequent sweep frequency step_lin Step size in linear scaling step_log Step size in logarithmic scaling POINts Number of steps within the sweep range Sweep range The sweep range is defined by a start and an end value. How the remaining parame- ters correlate is shown below.

  • Page 197: Sweep Signal Shapes

    STARt STOP retained. 8.2.2 Sweep signal shapes The R&S SMA100B supports the following sweep shapes: ● Sawtooth The sweep sequence resembles a sawtooth. One sweep runs from start to stop frequency, or level value respectively. Each subsequent sweep starts again at the start value.

  • Page 198: About List Mode

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B About list mode Figure 8-8: Sweep signal sawtooth shape 1 = Start value 2 = Stop value 3 = Step size ● Triangle The sweep sequence resembles a triangle. One sweep runs from start to stop value frequency and back.

  • Page 199: Significant Parameters And Functions

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Significant parameters and functions arbitrarily, in any order and varying step sizes, within the entire configurable value range of the instrument. Configuration and operation of list mode signals The parameters configuring the RF signal are defined in a list (table) and stored in a file.
  • Page 200 If the dwell time in sweep or list mode is too short or external trigger signals come too fast, the signal generation delays. As the delay increases, the R&S SMA100B signals an overrun, or even stops sweep or list mode signal generation, if the delay gets too long.

  • Page 201: Sweep Mode Settings

    Sweep mode settings Live list processing mode The R&S SMA100B generates the signal directly from the value pairs in the database, and adjusts the hardware settings accordingly. The current instrument state and thus any change during the signal generation directly affects the RF signal. The temporary memory is not used.

  • Page 202: Settings Sweep Type

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Sweep mode settings Table 8-7: General settings dialog: Examples of RF Frequency and RF Combined Sweep dialogs > "RF Frequency Sweep" > "RF Combined Sweep" Settings Sweep Type........................ 202 State (RF frequency sweep)..................202 State (RF level sweep)....................203...

  • Page 203: State (Rf Level Sweep)

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Sweep mode settings Remote command: on page 701 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:MODE State (RF level sweep) Activates RF level sweep signal generation. Note: Active RF frequency, RF level or RF combined sweep modes deactivate the LF sweep or List mode and vice versa.

  • Page 204: Retrace

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Sweep mode settings Chapter 8.1, "Signal generation and triggering in the sweep and list modes", on page 187. "Auto" Generates a continuously repeating sweep signal directly after acti- vating the sweep mode. The sweep steps are performed automatically, controlled by the dwell time.

  • Page 205: Shape

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Sweep mode settings Shape Selects the waveform shape of the sweep signal. "Sawtooth" The sweep runs from start to stop frequency. The subsequent sweep starts at the start value, i.e. the shape of the sweep sequence resem- bles a sawtooth.

  • Page 206: Spacing

    Remote command: on page 773 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:TIME Dwell Time Defines the duration of the individual sweep steps. Note: In case of considerable overrun conditions, the R&S SMA100B turns off the sweep mode. See also Chapter 8.4, "Significant parameters and functions", on page 199.

  • Page 207: Trigger Slope

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Sweep mode settings Remote command: RF frequency sweep: on page 766 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:DWELl RF level sweep: on page 764 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:DWELl RF combined sweep: on page 771 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:COMBined:DWELl LF frequency sweep: on page 720 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:DWELl Trigger Slope For "Mode = Extern Step/Single", selects the polarity of the active slope of an applied...

  • Page 208: Frequency Range Settings

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Sweep mode settings 8.5.2 Frequency range settings Access: 1. Select for example "Sweep" > "RF Frequency Sweep" 2. Select for example "Frequency Range". Table 8-8: Range settings dialog: Examples of RF Frequency and RF Combined Sweep dialogs >...
  • Page 209 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Sweep mode settings Span In "RF Frequency Sweep" mode, sets the span of the frequency sweep range. Chapter 8.2.1, "Correlating parameters in sweep mode", on page 195. Remote command: on page 705 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:SPAN Spacing In "RF and LF Frequency Sweep"...

  • Page 210: Level Range Settings

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Sweep mode settings "Step Logarithmic" The step width is determined logarithmically in %, i.e. as a constant fraction of the current frequency. Remote command: [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP[:LINear] on page 769 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP:LOGarithmic on page 769 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP[:...
  • Page 211 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B Sweep mode settings RF combined sweep: on page 770 [:SOURce<hw>]:COMBined:POWer:STARt on page 771 [:SOURce<hw>]:COMBined:POWer:STOP Step Count In "RF Combined Mode", defines the number of sweeps to be executed in Mode > Sin- gle.

  • Page 212: Output Settings

    "Attenuator" > Mode ● "ALC" > State Detector Sensitivity Note: If you select another setting characteristic, the R&S SMA100B presets the modified attenuator and ALC parameters. Remote command: on page 745 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:LBEHaviour Sweep Level Range Displays the RF level sweep range.

  • Page 213: Edit Marker Settings

    V/GHz / X-Axis Option: R&S SMAB-B28 Selects the mode the voltage is supplied depending on the frequency. The R&S SMA100B supplies the signal at the V/GHz X-Axis connector. "0,25 V/GHz" / Supplies the voltage proportional to the set frequency, derived from the selected setting.
  • Page 214 You can define up to 10 markers, and assign one of them to the output at a time. When the sweep run has reached the marker frequency, the R&S SMA100B acti- vates the marker signal and supplis it at the Marker User1 connector. The duration of the active signal corresponds to the dwell time of a step.

  • Page 215: List Mode Settings

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B List mode settings Marker Polarity Sets the polarity of the marker signal. The duration of the active signal is equal to the dwell time of a step. Remote command: on page 773 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:MARKer:OUTPut:POLarity...

  • Page 216: General Settings

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B List mode settings 8.6.1 General settings Access: ► Select "Sweep" > "List mode". In the "General" tab, you can configure the trigger and dwell time modes for list processing and activate signal generation.
  • Page 217 726 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DWELl:MODE Global Dwell Time Sets the dwell time for Dwell Time Mode > "Global". Note: In case of considerable overrun conditions, the R&S SMA100B turns off the list mode. See also "Dwell time" on page 200. Remote command: on page 726 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DWELl...

  • Page 218: List Mode Data Settings

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B List mode settings "Negative" The falling edge of the trigger signal triggers the instrument. Remote command: on page 710 [:SOURce]:INPut:TRIGger:SLOPe Reset Resets the list to the starting point. Remote command: on page 732 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:RESet...

  • Page 219: Import/Export Settings

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B List mode settings Edit List Mode Data Opens the editor to insert and save data lists with RF frequency, power and dwell time values, see Chapter 8.7, "List editor", on page 221. You find this function also in standard file select dialog, accessed via List Mode Data.
  • Page 220 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B List mode settings Settings Mode........................... 220 ASCII File Settings...................... 220 Select (ASCII) Source/Select (ASCII) Destination............220 Select Source/Select ASCII Destination..............221 Import / Export......................221 Mode Selects import or export of a data list file. The provided parameters vary according to the selected mode.

  • Page 221: List Editor

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B List editor Remote command: on page 733 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:AFILe:CATalog? on page 734 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:AFILe:SELect on page 695 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:CATalog? on page 696 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:SELect on page 646 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:AFILe:CATalog? on page 647 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:AFILe:SELect Select Source/Select ASCII Destination In "Mode > Export", access the file select dialog that provides standard file handling functions.
  • Page 222 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B List editor The remote commands required to define the list mode data are described in Chapter 15.18.8, "SOURce:LIST subsystem", on page 723. Access to "Edit User Correction Data": ► "Level" > "User Correction" > "Edit User Cor. Data"...
  • Page 223 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B List editor Since the table and navigation functions can be assumed to be known, the following description contains a brief overview, shown by the example of the "Edit List Mode Data" dialog. If a function relates to a particular dialog, it is explicitly stated.
  • Page 224 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B List editor Edit ← Data handling keys Enables you to insert, or delete a row or ranges within the table, and provides access to a dialog for automatic filling, see "Fill..." on page 104.

  • Page 225: How To Generate A Signal In List Or Sweep Mode

    ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B How to generate a signal in list or sweep mode 8.8 How to generate a signal in list or sweep mode This section shows you how to configure a varying RF output signal for both, the list and sweep modes.
  • Page 226 ® List and sweep mode R&S SMA100B How to generate a signal in list or sweep mode To configure the list mode and start signal generation 1. In the "General" tab, select "List Mode > Auto". 2. Select "Dwell Time Mode > From List".

  • Page 227: Improving Level Performance

    R&S SMA100B Attenuator 9 Improving level performance To adjust the RF output signal to specific needs in your application, the R&S SMA100B offers different functions: ● Attenuator The R&S SMA100B is equipped with a step attenuator that enables you to vary the amplitude of the RF signal in a wide range.

  • Page 228: Attenuator Settings

    ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Attenuator However, option R&S SMAB-B36S does not support using the mechanical attenuator below 20 GHz. According to the requirements of your application, you can select different attenuator characteristics. The following are examples of test requirements and the corresponding configuration: ●...
  • Page 229 "About the attenuator" on page 227. "Mechanical" Selects that the R&S SMA100B uses the mechanical step attenuator over the whole frequency range. The mechanical attenuator is used even for lower frequencies, to achieve a consistent level setting behavior for all frequencies. The electronic step attenuator is disregarded.

  • Page 230: Reverse Power Protection

    Readjust Recalculates and adjusts the internal switch positions of the RF chain according to the current level. The R&S SMA100B provides the "Readjust" function when you change one of the fol- lowing parameters from the default setting: ● "RF Level" >...
  • Page 231 This setting enables you to control the RF signal level at a specific point in the sig- nal chain following the signal generator output with high accuracy. The R&S SMA100B displays the level control setting as a status message in the info line.
  • Page 232 SMA100B Automatic level control (ALC) For this purpose, the "External ALC" function of the R&S SMA100B enables you to close the level control loop of the instrument using an external level detector diode with negative polarity and a coupler device.

  • Page 233: Alc Settings

    ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Automatic level control (ALC) 9.2.1 ALC settings Access: ► Select "Level" > "Automatic Level Control". In the "ALC" dialog, you can configure the settings for the automatic level control of the RF signal to achieve optimal accuracy.

  • Page 234: How To Set Up An External Alc

    "About external ALC" on page 231: 1. Connect the coupled output to the detector RF input. 2. Connect the detector output to the R&S SMA100B modulation input connector Ext1. Setting the external ALC parameters To configure the external ALC settings: 1.

  • Page 235: User Correction

    RF cable, to achieve a precise target input level at the DUT. The signal at the RF outputs of the R&S SMA100B is flat. However, the DUT is usually not connected directly to the outputs of the instrument but rather via connecting cables.
  • Page 236 = Power sensor, e.g. R&S NRP, connected at the DUT's input and the USB connector of the R&S SMA100B = Power sensor measures the level over a frequency range, where the collected values corre- spond to the losses caused by the components between the R&S SMA100B and the DUT User Manual 1178.3834.02 ─ 12...
  • Page 237 = Obtain the correction data by inverting the collected data; load the correction parameters in the R&S SMA100B = In the R&S SMA100B, the RF signal is pre-processed with the correction values so that the signal at the outputs is the inverted version of the external losses...

  • Page 238: User Correction Settings

    ) is the sum of the level value and the correction for the particular frequency: Level = "Status bar > Level" + "UCOR" If enabled, the R&S SMA100B indicates user correction by the "Lev Ucor" icon in the "Level" tile. 9.3.1 User correction settings Access: 1.
  • Page 239 Edit UCOR Data......................240 UCOR Info ........................240 State Activates user correction. The R&S SMA100B displays the status icon "Lev Ucor" in the "Level" panel. Remote command: on page 694 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection[:STATe] User Correction Indicates the corrected level value for a specific frequency point.

  • Page 240: List Editor

    ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B User correction ● Use the standard file manager function to load externally created files to the instru- ment. Remote command: on page 694 [:SOURce]:CORRection:CSET:CATalog? on page 693 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET[:SELect] on page 695 [:SOURce]:CORRection:CSET:DELete Edit UCOR Data Opens the build-in table editor to define a new correction table or edit an existing one.
  • Page 241 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B User correction The remote commands required to define the list mode data are described in Chapter 15.18.8, "SOURce:LIST subsystem", on page 723. Access to "Edit User Correction Data": ► "Level" > "User Correction" > "Edit User Cor. Data"...
  • Page 242 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B User correction Since the table and navigation functions can be assumed to be known, the following description contains a brief overview, shown by the example of the "Edit List Mode Data" dialog. If a function relates to a particular dialog, it is explicitly stated.
  • Page 243 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B User correction Edit ← Data handling keys Enables you to insert, or delete a row or ranges within the table, and provides access to a dialog for automatic filling, see "Fill..." on page 104.

  • Page 244: Fill With Sensor

    Chapter 9.4, "Using power sensors", on page 248 ● "To create user correction data with an R&S NRP and the R&S SMA100B" on page 314 Access: 1. Select "Level" > "User Correction". 2. Select "UCOR Data > navigate to the file *.ucor > Select".
  • Page 245 Displays the settings relevant for the measurement. "Modulation" Indicates that modulation is off. The R&S SMA100B disables modulation for the "Fill with sensor" process, even if you have enabled a modulation and if you have star- ted "Fill with sensor".

  • Page 246: Import/Export List Files

    ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B User correction "UCOR Reference Level" Displays the reference value for user correction. The user correction reference level is the set Amplitude plus the set Offset. Remote command: [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:REFLevel on page 753 9.3.4 Import/export list files Access: 1.
  • Page 247 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B User correction Mode Selects import or export of a data list file. The provided parameters vary according to the selected mode. Remote command: on page 735 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:MODE on page 697 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:MODE on page 645 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:MODE...

  • Page 248: Using Power Sensors

    [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:EXECute 9.4 Using power sensors The R&S SMA100B works with any of the R&S NRP power sensors and thus supports various application tasks. Using power sensors, you can for example determine attenu- ation characteristics of downstream equipment or cables. You can use the measured values to compensate the losses with internal control functions or with an external con- trol circuit in real time.

  • Page 249: About

    9.4.1 About The R&S SMA100B can perform up to four power measurements simultaneously. Depending on the signal characteristic (CW, AM, pulsed, etc.) or the parameter to be measured (average, peak, etc.) a suitable R&S power sensor must be used.
  • Page 250 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Follow the following general recommendation to find out the optimum filter length: ● Always start a measurement in auto mode ("Filter > Auto"). Check if the measurement results are sufficient. ●...

  • Page 251: Connecting R&S Nrp Power Sensors To The R&S Sma100B

    Information on the R&S NRP-Z5 sensor hub and the available accessories. ● Sensor software updates. 9.4.2 Connecting R&S NRP power sensors to the R&S SMA100B R&S NRP sensors are connected to the R&S SMA100B in the following ways: ● Connection to the Sensor connector –...

  • Page 252: Nrp Power Viewer

    NRP Power Sensors getting started. Detection and mapping The R&S SMA100B either detects a R&S NRP power sensor automatically or you can scan for available power sensors manually. The "NRP Sensor Mapping" dialog lists all detected R&S NRP power sensors, see Chapter 9.4.6, "NRP sensor...

  • Page 253: Nrp Power Control

    ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors The "Power Viewer" tab lists the mapped R&S NRP power sensors with the mea- sured parameter mode and the current readings. The "Config" button leads you to the configuration dialog to set the parameters for each sensor.
  • Page 254 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Example: How to set up a closed loop power control RF level Input level x dB Amplifier Coupler Signal generator Power Measured level sensor Figure 9-5: Example of a test setup with NRP power control The signal generator applies the RF output signal to an amplifier and to the DUT.
  • Page 255 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors In this dialog you can configure the parameters of the power control setup for the selected power sensor. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 15.18.12, "SOURce:POWer subsystem",...
  • Page 256 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Sensor Indicates the R&S NRP power sensor that is selected for power control. To configure the power sensor parameters, see Chapter 9.4.5, "NRP sensor configura- tion", on page 258. Remote command: on page 749 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:SPC:SELect...
  • Page 257 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Catch Range +/- Sets the capture range of the control system. Within the range: Target Level +/- Catch Range the power control locks and tries to achieve the target level. Readings outside the range are not considered.

  • Page 258: Nrp Sensor Configuration

    ● "Attenuator" > Mode ● "ALC" > State Detector Sensitivity Note: If you select another setting characteristic, the R&S SMA100B presets the modified attenuator and ALC parameters. Remote command: on page 745 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:LBEHaviour 9.4.5 NRP sensor configuration Access: ► Select "Clk Syn / FE / Pow Sens" > "NRP Sensor Configuration".
  • Page 259 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors In this dialog you can configure the parameters for each mapped R&S NRP power sensor in separate tabs. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 15.16, "SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems",...
  • Page 260 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Aperture Time......................262 S-Parameter........................263 Enable Logging......................263 Sensor type and serial number The side tab label indicates type and serial number of an R&S NRP power sensor and its mapping index. Level (Peak) / Level (Average) values display the current readings of the sensor.
  • Page 261 If you have a frequency converting device between the generator and the DUT. If the frequency converter doubles the frequency, you can set twice the frequency in the R&S SMA100B. The R&S power sen- sor considers this RF frequency setting.
  • Page 262 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors "Fixed Noise" The averaging factor is taken automatically in accordance to the value Noise/Signal Ratio. Thus, the sensor's intrinsic noise (2 stan- dard deviations) does not exceed the specified noise content.

  • Page 263: Nrp Sensor Mapping

    USB interfaces, is detected automatically and added to the list. When you dis- connect a power sensor, the R&S SMA100B removes it from the list accordingly. R&S NRP power sensors that are connected in the LAN or use the USBTMC protocol are only detected by the scan search function.
  • Page 264 For each sensor, you find the used protocol and the connector icon of the interface. In the "Mapping" column, you can assign a mapping index to enable the sensor for use. The list can contain several entries but the R&S SMA100B can only use up to four sensors simultaneously.
  • Page 265 R&S SMA100B over USB or LAN. Add LAN Sensor Configures settings to add sensors connected to the R&S SMA100B over LAN. "IP Address or Host Name" Displays the host name or the IP address of a R&S NRP power sen- sor.

  • Page 266: Nrp Power Analysis

    Using power sensors Add USBTMC Sensor Configures settings to add sensors connected to the R&S SMA100B over USB. If the R&S SMA100B does not detect a connected R&S NRP sensor, you can assign the device ID manually. "Sensor" Selects the name of the R&S NRP power sensor.
  • Page 267 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors 9.4.7.2 About Characteristics and features of the NRP power analysis function The NRP power analysis displays the measurement data graphically. The measure- ment diagram covers up to four traces you can manually or automatically assign to one or more connected power sensors.
  • Page 268 Using power sensors The sensor calculates the pulse parameters from each measurement and delivers the results to the R&S SMA100B. The indication state of the parameters also affects the save function. Storing the mea- surement diagram as hardcopy includes the parameters selected in this dialog.
  • Page 269 You can start or stop your measurement directly. During the measurement, the R&S SMA100B shows the progress of the measurement in the progress bar at the bottom of the diagram.
  • Page 270 (home screen) does not correspond to the value applied at the output. Therefore, the R&S SMA100B displays asterisks instead of the frequency or power value during the measurement and indicates the original value again when the measurement is completed or aborted.
  • Page 271 DUT = Device under test = Power sensor, e.g. R&S NRP-Z8x, connected at the DUT's input and the USB connector of the R&S SMA100B 1. Connect the DUT RF input to the RF output of the instrument. 2. Connect the DUT RF output to the power sensor.
  • Page 272 1. Select "Trace 2" with "Indication" = "2 - NRP-Z81". 2. Select "Save To Ref". 3. Select "Trace 1" > "Indication > Ref". 4. Select "Diagram". The R&S SMA100B indicates two identical traces. 5. Select "Start single". User Manual 1178.3834.02 ─ 12...
  • Page 273 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Triggers a new measurement cycle with sensor 2. You can compare the resulting measurement trace with the former measurement, which is displayed as reference trace. Trace settings Indication - Trace Power Analysis Selects the source for the trace data.
  • Page 274 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Mathematics - Trace Power Analysis Activates the mathematic function. The function enables you to determine the deviation of two test series, either of mea- surement traces, or also of traces that contain math results or stored reference curves.
  • Page 275 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors 4. Select "Define Reference". Figure 9-9: Defining the reference curve, e.g. in frequency mode In this dialog, you can specifiy a linear reference curve for the measurement of the corresponding trace. The measurement mode, selected with...
  • Page 276 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Pow (Y) Configure measurement settings > "Power", sets the power values for points A and B of the reference curve on the x-axis. Remote command: on page 576 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:REFerence:DATA:YVALues on page 546 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:MATH<ch>:YVAL...
  • Page 277 ® R&S SMA100B Improving level performance Using power sensors 4. Select the "Markers" side tab. In this dialog, you can assign markers to the corresponding traces and activate them for dsplay. Trace - Power Analysis Selects the trace the marker is assigned to.
  • Page 278 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors ● Configure sensor settings..................290 ● Configure time mode settings................293 ● Pulse data notifications settings................293 ● Trigger settings..................... 298 ● Gate mode settings....................300 Configure measurement settings Access: 1. Select "Clk Syn / FE / Pow Sens" > "NRP Power Analysis".
  • Page 279 It is possible, that the measurement cannot be performed over the complete time range because of limitations due to sensor settings. In this case, the R&S SMA100B gener- ates an error message.
  • Page 280 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors It is possible, that the measurement cannot be performed over the complete time range because of limitations due to sensor settings. In this case, an error message is output. If you change this value for a finished single measurement, only the scaling of the x- axis changes.
  • Page 281 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Spacing Sets the mode for calculating the sweep steps. In power versus frequency mode, selection between linear and logarithmic spacing is possible. ● "Linear" Power versus frequency In a linear sweep, the frequency is swept in equidistant steps over the continuous frequency range.
  • Page 282 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Remote command: on page 583 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:TEVents Configure diagram Access: 1. Select "Clk Syn / FE / Pow Sens" > "NRP Power Analysis". 2. Select "Config..." > "NRP Config". 3. Select "Diagram".
  • Page 283 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Remote command: on page 566 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:YSCale:MAXimum on page 567 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:YSCale:MINimum on page 579 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:YSCale:MAXimum on page 580 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:YSCale:MINimum on page 584 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:YSCale:MAXimum on page 585 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:YSCale:MINimum Auto Scale Activates autoscaling of the y-axis of the diagram. The "Auto Scale" function adjusts the scale divisions so that the entire trace fits into the diagram area.
  • Page 284 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Background Color Sets the background color of the diagram to black or white. The background color is also effective for the hardcopy of the diagram. Remote command: on page 551 :DISPlay[:WINDow][:POWer]:SWEep:BACKground:COLor...
  • Page 285 Up to four markers can be used to display the current power according to the position of the marker. R&S SMA100B indicates the marker values on the bottom of the dia- gram. To move the marker lines, you can select them and drag them with your finger. Alterna- tively you can move them with the rotary knob.
  • Page 286 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Remote command: :TRACe[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:MARKer:DISPlay:ANNotation[: on page 596 STATe] Gate View Shows the graph with the corresponding gate data for time trace and pulse data mea- surements. Remote command: :TRACe[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:GATE:DISPlay:ANNotation[:STATe] on page 595...
  • Page 287 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Remote command: :TRACe[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:DISPlay:ANNotation[: on page 596 STATe] Full Screen Shows the graph in fullscreen, and fades out buttons and list values for frequency power and level sweep measurement. Remote command: :TRACe[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:FULLscreen:DISPlay:ANNotation[:...
  • Page 288 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Trace settings Access: 1. Select "Clk Syn / FE / Pow Sens" > "NRP Power Analysis". 2. Select "Config..." > "NRP Trace" > "Trace n". 3. Set "Mode" > "Time". 4. Select "Configure Time Mode"...
  • Page 289 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Pulse Analysis Activates pulse data analysis. To start the automatic pulse analysis, select "Start Cont." button in the main measure- ment diagram. Remote command: on page 558 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:PULSe:STATe All Annotations Off Indicates the state of the annotations.
  • Page 290 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Mesial Sets the medial reference level in terms of percentage of the overall pulse level (power or voltage related). This level is used to define the pulse width (τ) and pulse period.
  • Page 291 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors The "Configure Sensors" dialog provides specific parameters for the power sensor. This part of the dialog can differ from the following description depending on the sensor used. Refer to the manual of the power sensor in this case.
  • Page 292 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Remote command: :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency[:SENSor]:OFFSet:STATe on page 555 on page 558 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:OFFSet:STATe on page 558 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:OFFSet:STATe Level Offset - Power Analysis Sets the level offset at the sensor input. To consider the value, activate the offset.
  • Page 293 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Remote command: :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency[:SENSor]:SRANge:STARt on page 555 Max Frequency - Power Analysis This parameter is only available for Configure measurement settings > "Frequency" Use Separate Frequency- Power Analysis > "Active". Sets the maximum frequency of the measurement.
  • Page 294 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors 3. Set "Mode" > "Time". 4. Select "Configure Time Mode" 5. Select the "Pulse Data notifications" tab. In the "Pulse Data Notification" tab, you can determine the parameter values to be indicated on bottom of the diagram.
  • Page 295 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Duty Cycle ← Notifications - Pulse Data Analysis Indicates the ratio between the pulse duration (τ) and the pulse period (T) of the mea- sured pulse signal in per cent: Duty Cycle = (pulse duration / pulse period) * 100...
  • Page 296 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Remote command: on page 591 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:SEParation? :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:PERiod:DISPlay: on page 592 ANNotation[:STATe] Transition Times - Pulse Data Analysis Selects the transition parameters of the pulse signal to be indicated below the mea- surement diagram.
  • Page 297 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:TRANsition:NEGative: on page 591 OVERshoot? :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:TRANsition:NEGative: on page 592 OVERshoot:DISPlay:ANNotation[:STATe] Signal Power - Pulse Data Analysis Selects the power parameters of the pulse signal to be indicated below the measure- ment diagram.
  • Page 298 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors on page 591 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:REFerence? :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:REFerence:DISPlay: on page 592 ANNotation[:STATe] Trigger settings Access: 1. Select "Clk Syn / FE / Pow Sens" > "NRP Power Analysis". 2. Select "Configure" > "Configure Measurement".
  • Page 299 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Level - Power Analysis Sets the trigger threshold. This setting is also possible by the trigger marker on the left side of the diagram. Remote command: on page 562 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:TRIGger:LEVel Slope - Power Analysis Sets the polarity of the active slope of the trigger signals.
  • Page 300 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors As the mechanism associated with the dropout time parameter is reactivated whenever the trigger threshold is crossed, unambiguous triggering can also be obtained for many complex signals. By contrast, all triggering is suppressed during the hold-off time. The example nevertheless shows that you can achieve stable triggering.
  • Page 301 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors 5. Select the "Gate Mode" tab. The "Gate Mode" tab contains the parameters for defining the time gates for the measurement. Almost all R&S NRP sensors also support time gated measurements of peak and aver- age power (see the specifications document or operating manual of the respective sen- sor).
  • Page 302 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Indication Indicates the type of power sensor assigned to the selected trace. This field is auto- matically updated if the sensor is connected or disconnected. Also, this sensor is indi- cated on the trace button in the measurement diagram.
  • Page 303 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors File name - Power Analysis Indicates the file name and directory. Remote command: on page 575 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy[:EXECute] on page 571 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME] on page 572 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:STATe on page 572 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:FILE? Format - Power Analysis Selects the file format.
  • Page 304 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors 2. In the diagram window, open the context-sensitive menu. 3. In the menu, select "Save... (Power Analysis)". 4. Select "Options". Automatic Naming If enabled, the file names are created by selected rules. The filename includes at least one number and optionally additional information.
  • Page 305 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors Path Sets the directory for saving the files. Remote command: on page 571 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:DIRectory Clear Parth Deletes all image files with extensions "bmp", "img", "png", "xpm" and "csv" in the directory set for automatic naming.
  • Page 306 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:MONTh:STATe on page 573 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:MONTh? on page 573 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:YEAR:STATe on page 575 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:YEAR? on page 574 Current Auto Number Indicates the number which is used in the automatically generated file name.
  • Page 307 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors If file format *.csv is selected, the trace data is saved as an ASCII file with separated values. CSV files can be imported into the program MS Excel and then processed fur- ther.
  • Page 308 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors X/Y values of trace 2 in column 3 and 4, X/Y values of trace 3 in column 5 and 6, X/Y values of trace 4 in column 7 and 8. Example: Trace1,X[Hz];...
  • Page 309 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors 4. To define the output format, select "Format > JPG". 5. Select "Options...". 6. To enable the instrument to create output filenames, select "Automatic Naming > On". In the "Automatic Naming" tab:...
  • Page 310 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors a) To change the default directory the file is saved in, select "Path" and define a path and a filename. For example, select the default directory /var/user. b) If necessary, disable or change some of the parameters in the "Automatic Nam- ing Settings".
  • Page 311 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors 11. Close the "NRP Config" dialog. 12. Select "Start Continuous" to start the measurement. 9.4.7.9 How to set up a power sweep measurement Prerequisites: the sensor is connected to the instrument and configured, see Chap- ter 9.4, "Using power...
  • Page 312 ® Improving level performance R&S SMA100B Using power sensors c) Set "Steps = 200". 5. Select the "Configure Diagram" tab. How to: see Chapter 9.4.7.11, "How to configure the power analysis diagram", on page 312. 6. Select the "Configure Sensors" tab.

  • Page 313: Improving The Rf Signal Performance

    5. Close the dialog. To configure and calibrate the R&S NRP in the R&S SMA100B Provided the power sensor is connected to the R&S SMA100B and is assigned to a sensor channel, we recommend that you calibrate and configure the power sensor.
  • Page 314 6. Select "State > On". 7. Close the dialog. To create user correction data with an R&S NRP and the R&S SMA100B We assume, that the power sensor is connected, assigned and ready for operation. 1. Select "Level" > "User Correction".
  • Page 315 The "Fill User Correction Data With Sensor" dialog provides an overview of the sensor configuration. 9. Select "Execute". The R&S SMA100B successively sets each frequency point, reads the measured power of the sensor and fills in the value in the correction table. User Manual 1178.3834.02 ─ 12...
  • Page 316 5. To view the file content, select "Edit UCOR Data...". 6. Select "UCOR Data" > "State" > "On" to apply the user correction values. When you activate the RF output, the R&S SMA100B considers the user correction data and adjusts the signal level accordingly to compensate external frequency responses.

  • Page 317: Reference Oscillator

    SMA100B Reference frequency settings 10 Reference oscillator The R&S SMA100B is equipped with an internal reference oscillator that generates a reference frequency of 10 MHz. It is used as internal reference source for the synthe- sizer. Alternatively, you can apply an external reference signal. If equipped with the required options, the R&S SMA100B can process external reference frequency in the range...
  • Page 318 ® Reference oscillator R&S SMA100B Reference frequency settings In the "Reference Frequency" tab, you can select the reference frequency signal source and the frequency and synchronization bandwidth mode of an external ref- erence signal. 2. Observe the information on the home screen, "Frequency" tile.
  • Page 319 "External" to "Internal" manually, the R&S SMA100B sets the bandwidth to "Narrow". Uses an external reference signal. "External" Note: If the external reference is missing, the R&S SMA100B issues a warning message and indicates the icon (external reference missing).
  • Page 320 Nominal Synchronization Band- width. Note: If you preset or set the reference source from "External" to "Internal", the R&S SMA100B resets the synchronization bandwidth to "Narrow". "Narrow" The internal reference oscillator is synchronized to the external signal with narrow bandwidth.

  • Page 321: Reference Output Settings

    ® Reference oscillator R&S SMA100B Reference output settings Remote command: on page 758 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:MLRange? External Tuning Active For "Source > Internal", activates the EFC (external frequency control). EFC is a function that transforms an external tuning voltage into frequency shift, where the value range of the resulting frequency is a technical characteristic listed in the specifications document.

  • Page 322: Adjustment Settings

    ® Reference oscillator R&S SMA100B Adjustment settings "10 MHz" Derives a signal with 10 MHz frequency from the internal reference oscillator and provides this signal at the output. "100 MHz" Option: R&S SMAB-K703 Provides the 100 MHz reference frequency signal at the output.

  • Page 323: Using The Reference Frequency For Instruments Synchronization

    ® Reference oscillator R&S SMA100B Using the reference frequency for instruments synchronization ● "0" represents the calibrated state. ● The setting range depends on the reference oscillator type and its factory calibra- tion value. Note: The setting is not affected by an instrument preset ([Preset] key or *RST) and the "Save/Recall"...
  • Page 324 External Tuning Slope = "Low" Figure 10-1: Synchronizing instruments using the internal 10 MHz reference signal of the R&S SMA100B = External frequency control EFC,Ref In,Ref Out = Connectors In phase noise measurement systems, for example, you can also use the EFC (exter- nal frequency control) function and shift the frequency.
  • Page 325 ® Reference oscillator R&S SMA100B Using the reference frequency for instruments synchronization 10 MHz, 100 MHz at connector Ref Out and Ref In ● External f = 10 MHz or 100 MHz (earlier RF hardware versions: 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 13 MHz) ●...
  • Page 326 ® Reference oscillator R&S SMA100B Using the reference frequency for instruments synchronization Figure 10-3: Synchronizing instruments with 10 MHz (derived from an external reference frequency) Ref. Frequency Source = e.g., Rohde & Schwarz signal analyzer = 10 MHz, 100 MHz, 1 MHz to 100 MHz, 1 GHz** external reference frequency...

  • Page 327: Clock Synthesis

    ® Clock synthesis R&S SMA100B 11 Clock synthesis The clock synthesis provides a separate system clock with a freely selectable fre- quency for test setups that require an additional clock reference. For example, in a test setup that uses an A/D converter, the required system clock for data sampling can be provided without the need of additional signal generator.
  • Page 328 ® Clock synthesis R&S SMA100B 3. Observe the information on the home screen, "Clk Syn/Power Sens" tile. The "Clk Syn/Power Sens" tile indicates that clock synthesis is activated and gives an overview of the key parameters. Settings State..........................328 Output Type.........................328 Frequency........................
  • Page 329 ® Clock synthesis R&S SMA100B "Single-Ended/Differential Sine" Sine signals with user-definable amplitude. "Differential Square" Squared signal with fixed amplitude. "CMOS" CMOS-like signal with user-definable amplitude and limited frequency range. Remote command: on page 511 :CSYNthesis:OTYPe Frequency Sets the frequency of the generated clock signal.
  • Page 330 ® Clock synthesis R&S SMA100B Remote command: on page 512 :CSYNthesis:OFFSet:STATe DC Offset Sets the value of the DC offset for both clock synthesis signal outputs. Remote command: on page 512 :CSYNthesis:OFFSet Voltage Output Type = "CMOS", sets the high-level of the output signal.

  • Page 331: File And Data Management

    About the file system 12 File and data management The R&S SMA100B uses files to save all instrument data. The instrument allows you to save and to load instrument settings, and to import and to export user data for process- ing in another instrument or later.
  • Page 332 The /var/volatile directory serves as a RAM drive and can be used to protect sensitive information. The data is available temporarily. If option R&S SMAB-B85 is installed, the R&S SMA100B maps the user directory to the removable memory. If a memory is mounted, user data is saved there. Otherwise user data is redirected to the volatile memory.
  • Page 333 They are reserved by the operating system. File extensions The R&S SMA100B distinguishes the files according to their extensions; each type of file is assigned a specific file content and also a specific file extension. The extension is usually of no consequence to you since access to the files occurs in the individual dialogs where only the relevant type of file is available.

  • Page 334: Restoring An Instrument Configuration

    The R&S SMA100B has various options to set default settings. You can preset the R&S SMA100B to an initial state at any time as a known starting point for configura- tions. It is often useful as a first step during troubleshooting when unusual results arise.
  • Page 335 ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Restoring an instrument configuration ► To execute a preset, press the [Preset] key at the front panel. ● "Set to Default" This function relates to individual dialogs or tabs and resets the associated settings of the corresponding dialog.

  • Page 336: Preset, Set To Default And Factory Preset Settings

    343. Marking parameters with non-default values To check the current state of the settings concerning default values, the R&S SMA100B offers a feature that visually identifies deviations from the default val- ues. For more information, see Chapter 12.2.2, "Identifying parameters with non-default val- ues",...

  • Page 337: Identifying Parameters With Non-Default Values

    To enable this display: 1. To open the context-sensitive menu, touch and hold the screen anywhere in the GUI of the R&S SMA100B. 2. Select "Mark All Parameters Changed from Preset". If enabled, marks the parameters that deviate from their default values.

  • Page 338: Reference

    ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Restoring an instrument configuration b) Save this file in the directory /var/user/. The filename UserPreset.savrcltxt and the directory /var/user/ are man- datory. 3. Press the [Preset] key. When operating the instrument remotely, send the *RST command.

  • Page 339: Protecting Data

    You can access data saved on the removable memory just as data saved in the /var/user/. – If the volatile mode is enabled, the R&S SMA100B redirects user data to the volatile memory (SDRAM). The volatile memory loses its contents when you power off the instrument.

  • Page 340: Saving And Recalling Settings

    ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Saving and recalling settings "To shut down the product" on page 31. 2. Remove the μSD card from the instrument. For detailed information on how to protect the instrument and to protect sensitive data from unauthorized access, refer to the document Instrument Security Procedures.
  • Page 341 ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Saving and recalling settings 2. Select "Operation Mode" > "Save" or "Recall" to open the corresponding settings. The settings for both operation modes are similar and related. Settings: Operation Mode......................341 Directory, File List and Filename.................
  • Page 342 694 [:SOURce]:CORRection:CSET:CATalog? Recent files Displays the files last used. Show SCPI List Opens the "SCPI List", which lists the current settings of the R&S SMA100B as SCPI commands. The R&S SMA100B provides this function for Operation Mode > SCPI-Export.

  • Page 343: Saving And Recalling Instrument Settings

    ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Saving and recalling settings Remote command: on page 752 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:RCL Recall Restores the selected configuration. During recall, the instrument considers all related settings, for example sweeps in active state or lists. An error message indicates the settings which cannot be imple- mented.

  • Page 344: Accessing Files With User Data

    ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Accessing files with user data To save complete instrument settings 1. Select "System Config > Save/Recall" > "Operation Mode" > "Save". 2. In the file selection dialog, select a filename and storage location for the settings file.
  • Page 345 ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Accessing files with user data Tip: The name of the dialog is context-sensitive and differs depending on the par- ticular function this dialog is from. However, the provided functions are similar. 2. To load an existing file: Navigate through the file system.

  • Page 346: Exporting And Importing Remote Command Lists

    The R&S SMA100B also offers a SCPI macro recorder with code generator to record manual settings and create an executable script. Completed scripts are saved in files and possibly converted to different formats, depending on the language of the source code.

  • Page 347: Loading, Importing And Exporting Lists

    466 12.7 Loading, importing and exporting lists The R&S SMA100B provides built-in editors for creating list files, for example for the list mode or lists with user correction data. You can also create or evaluate them with an external application. The instrument provides interfaces with the following function- ality: ●...

  • Page 348: File Manager Settings

    "File Manger". The "File Manager" dialog provides all standard functions required for file manage- ment. It displays the contents of the selected folder on the R&S SMA100B and pro- vides functions to rename, delete, copy, or move individual files.

  • Page 349: Map Network Share Settings

    ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Using the file manager Directory and Filename Selects the directory in which the file to be deleted or copied is located. The dialog lists all files in this directory. Selected files are highlighted. The path is indicated above the directory tree.
  • Page 350 ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Using the file manager See also Chapter 12.8.4, "Mapping a network folder", on page 351. Settings: Network Folder......................350 Local Folder........................ 350 User Name........................350 Password........................350 Reconnect at Startup....................350 Connect........................351 Change........................351 Disconnect........................351 Network Folder Enter the path of the folder or computer, e.g.

  • Page 351: Displaying All Saved Files

    R&S SMA100B, distribute waveform files to several instruments or you have to access frequently the same network drive. In these cases, on a R&S SMA100B connected to a LAN you can create a shortcut to this network folder or this computer.
  • Page 352 ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Using the file manager 3. Select "System Config" > "Setup" > "Remote Access" > "Network" to configurw the following network settings: a) Select "Address Mode" > "Auto (DHCP)". b) Check that the "DNS Suffix" and "DNS Server" are correct.

  • Page 353: Transferring Files From And To The Instrument

    Mainly because of security reasons, the access to the file system of your R&S SMA100B can be denied, because one or all these access methods are deliber- ately disabled. Access to the file system via LAN and/or USB requires that the corre- sponding service is enabled and a write access to the file system is enabled.

  • Page 354: Removing File System Protection

    Removing file system protection................354 ● Accessing the file system using FTP..............355 ● Accessing the R&S SMA100B file system using SMB (Samba)......356 ● Using a USB storage device for file transfer............358 ● Using a file server for test files exchange.............

  • Page 355: Accessing The File System Using Ftp

    5. Select "Accept". 12.9.2 Accessing the file system using FTP If the R&S SMA100B is connected to a LAN, you can use file transfer protocol (FTP) to access the file system and to transfer files from and to the instrument.

  • Page 356: Accessing The R&S Sma100B File System Using Smb (Samba)

    Open the /var/user/ directory. The dialog displays the /var/user/test ftp directory. 12.9.3 Accessing the R&S SMA100B file system using SMB (Samba) The SMB (Samba) protocol is an alternative way to access the file system of the instru- ment from a remote PC. This protocol works if both the instrument and the PC are con- nected to a LAN.
  • Page 357 The user directory corresponds to the /var/user/ directory of the instrument; the volatile directory - to the /var/volatile directory. To map the R&S SMA100B as a network drive to the remote PC We assume that the instrument and the remote PC are connected to a LAN.

  • Page 358: Using A Usb Storage Device For File Transfer

    1. Connect a USB storage device, for example a USB memory stick to one of the USB interfaces of the instrument. The R&S SMA100B recognizes the connected USB storage device automatically. Enable file transfer via USB Enable write permission on the file system 4.

  • Page 359: Creating Screenshots Of Current Settings

    R&S SMA100B Creating screenshots of current settings To access the file server 1. On each R&S SMA100B, map the required directory of the file server to the instru- ment. Perform the steps described in Chapter 12.8.4, "Mapping a network folder", on page 351.
  • Page 360 ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Creating screenshots of current settings The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 15.12, "HCOPy subsystem", on page 531. Settings: File..........................360 Format.........................361 Options........................361 Save..........................361 Hardcopy Options >...
  • Page 361 ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Creating screenshots of current settings Format Selects the output file format, for example *.bmp, *.jpg*.xpm and *.png. Remote command: on page 533 :HCOPy:IMAGe:FORMat on page 533 :HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage Options... Accesses Hardcopy Options dialog. Save Saves a hardcopy of the current display as a file.
  • Page 362 ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Creating screenshots of current settings Hardcopy Options > Automatic Naming Access: select "Hardcopy > Options... > Automatic Naming". Provided are the following settings: Path... ← Hardcopy Options > Automatic Naming Selects the directory.

  • Page 363: Creating A Hardcopy Of The Display

    ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Creating screenshots of current settings on page 535 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:YEAR:STATe on page 535 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:MONTh:STATe on page 535 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:DAY:STATe Current Auto Number ← Hardcopy Options > Automatic Naming Indicates the number which is used in the automatically generated filename.
  • Page 364 ® File and data management R&S SMA100B Creating screenshots of current settings a) To change the default storage directory, select "Automatic Naming Settings" > "Path". b) Define a path and a filename. For example, select the default directory /var/user. c) If necessary, modify the parameters in the "Automatic Naming Settings".

  • Page 365: General Instrument Functions

    [★ (User)] as quick access for later retrieval. ● Chapter 13.3, "Managing licenses and license keys", on page 378 If you have purchased an additional option for the R&S SMA100B, you can enable it using a license key. ● Chapter 12.2, "Restoring an instrument configuration",...

  • Page 366: Display And Keyboard Settings

    368 ● Determine the state of the RF signal, and the level display in the status bar when you turn on the R&S SMA100B, see Chapter 13.1.3, "Defining the RF signal state on power on", on page 368.
  • Page 367 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Customizing the user interface The remote commands required to configure the display and keyboard are described in Chapter 15.10, "DISPlay subsystem", on page 525 and Chapter 15.13, "KBOard sub- system", on page 536. Screen Saver......................

  • Page 368: Display Update Settings

    13.1.3 Defining the RF signal state on power on As additional functions for the level settings, you can determine the state of the RF sig- nal, and the level display in the status bar when you turn on the R&S SMA100B. Power-On/EMF settings Access: ►...

  • Page 369: How To Set The Initial Instrument Settings

    744 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:EMF:STATe 13.1.4 How to set the initial instrument settings This section describes how to set up the R&S SMA100B initially. 13.1.4.1 Setting the keyboard language You can select the language of the external keyboard connected to the instrument.
  • Page 370 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Customizing the user interface 3. Select the "Layout". The dialog closes and the changes take effect immediately. 13.1.4.2 Setting the screen saver You can enable a screen saver that automatically turns off the display after a user- defined period of time.

  • Page 371: Organizing Frequently Used Settings As Favorites

    2. Select "User Interface > Display" 3. Disable the "Screen Saver" state. 13.2 Organizing frequently used settings as favorites The R&S SMA100B provides two possibilities to define frequently used settings and procedures for later retrieval individually. User menu and [★ (User)] key These two functions work similar to the favorites function of a browser or other pro- grams.

  • Page 372: User Menu Settings

    ● "Recall Setup" function If the "Recall Setup" is the only user action assigned to the [★ (User)] key, pressing this key triggers the R&S SMA100B to load the user-defined preset file immedi- ately. 13.2.1 User menu settings The "User Menu" dialog contains function keys to organize, save and load a favorites list.

  • Page 373: How To Use The User Menu For Fast Adjustments

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Organizing frequently used settings as favorites 13.2.2 How to use the user menu for fast adjustments Access: 1. Press the [★ (User)] key. The "User Menu" dialog opens. If you execute this action for the first time, the dialog displays instructions on how to use the "User Menu".
  • Page 374 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Organizing frequently used settings as favorites The "User Menu" button in the taskbar confirms that you have created a "User Menu" with at least one entry. 4. Press the [★ (User)] key. The "User Menu" dialog shows all parameters that you have added to the list.

  • Page 375: Define User Key Actions Settings

    1. Create the favorites list, as described in "Creating a user menu" on page 373. 2. Save the favorites list. 3. To tansfer a file from or to an instrument, the R&S SMA100B provides several options, see "File handling" on page 332.
  • Page 376 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Organizing frequently used settings as favorites "Open Dialog" Selects an open settings dialog or menu. Select Depending on the selected "Wizard", provides access to: ● the standard "File Select" function for loading an SCPI script or setup file ●...

  • Page 377: How To Assign Actions To The [★ (User)] Key

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Organizing frequently used settings as favorites 13.2.4 How to assign actions to the [★ (User)] key The customizable [★ (User)] key has no predefined function assigned. You can individ- ually define actions to be executed or functions to be accessed when pressing this key.

  • Page 378: Managing Licenses And License Keys

    R&S SMA100B Managing licenses and license keys The R&S SMA100B executes the action and opens the dialog. 13.3 Managing licenses and license keys An option is ready to operate after it is enabled with a license keycode supplied with the option. The license key is delivered as a file or on paper. Unregistered licenses must be registered for a particular instrument before the corresponding option can be enabled for operation.
  • Page 379 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Managing licenses and license keys In this tab, you can activate licenses for newly purchased or newly registered options. 2. Select "Installed License Keys". This tab lists all active options, with information on the available number of an option, the license type and registration.
  • Page 380 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Managing licenses and license keys Settings: Device ID........................380 Enter License Key....................... 380 Import License Key from File..................380 Export Deactivation Response to File................. 380 License Installation Info....................380 Installed License Keys....................380 └ Show Inactive....................380 └...

  • Page 381: Using The License Server

    381. 13.3.2 Using the license server The R&S SMA100B now supports handling of software licenses using the license server from Rohde & Schwarz. The R&S License Server is a browser application you can access directly in the R&S SMA100B.
  • Page 382 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Managing licenses and license keys 2. Select "Open License Server". The license server browser opens in a browser window and starts initially in the "Configuration" view. Figure 13-1: R&S license server dialog The selection button in the status bar on the left enables you to access the "Analyt- ics"...
  • Page 383 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Managing licenses and license keys Figure 13-2: Configuration menu Accesses the license server, access lists and installed product definitions. a) Select "Local license server". Figure 13-3: Example of a local license server view Shows the onboard license server of the instrument. With the column selection, you can indicate or unhide characteristics of the available server.
  • Page 384 The browser application opens. 2. Select "Licenses" 3. Select a license server in the menu list, e.g. "R&S SMA100B". The "License keys" view lists the enabled options available on the selected server. 4. Select "Status" > "Select all" to list also options that are currently deactivated.

  • Page 385: How To Move A Portable License

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Managing licenses and license keys b) In the task bar, select "Details". Figure 13-6: Example of the license characteristics of an option 6. To enable a discontinued license: , select in the taskbar. a) Select the license you want to activate.
  • Page 386 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Managing licenses and license keys a) On the source instrument, select "System Config > Setup > Instrument Assem- bly > Manage License Keys > Manage License Keys > Device ID". b) On the target instrument, select "System Config > Setup > Instrument Assem- bly >...

  • Page 387: Using The Security Settings

    13. Select the created license key file. The portable option is installed on the target instrument. 13.4 Using the security settings The protection function of the R&S SMA100B provides several levels to activate partic- ular functions like self-test or tests for service purposes specifically. Protection The five protection levels are automatically active on startup that means all protected functions are locked.

  • Page 388: Protection Level Settings

    394. ● User interface prevents front panel operation and/or reading the display. For more information, see the document R&S SMA100B Instrument Security Proce- dures. 13.4.1 Protection level settings Access: ► Select "System Config > Setup > Security > Protection".

  • Page 389: Setting Security Parameters

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Using the security settings Several functions in the instrument are password-protected to prevent for example accidental changes, "Protection" on page 387. The remote commands required to unlock a protected stage are described in Chap- ter 15.19, "SYSTem...
  • Page 390 ● The release notes for details on signature verification when installing new or former firmware versions, available at www.rohde-schwarz.com/firmware/sma100b. The release notes for details on signature verification when installing new or former firmware versions, available at www.rohde-schwarz.com/firmware/sma100b.
  • Page 391 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Using the security settings 2. Select "General > Disk & Memory". The "Disk & Memory" tab secures controlled access to the mass memory and pre- vents information from leaving a secure environment. The remote commands available to control security settings are described in Chap- ter 15.19, "SYSTem...
  • Page 392 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Using the security settings Remote command: on page 798 :SYSTem:SECurity:VOLMode[:STATe] Sanitize Executes the erase procedure that sanitizes the internal memory. The sanitizing function makes sure that no user information is stored on the instrument when it leaves the secure environment.
  • Page 393 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Using the security settings Annotation Amplitude Enables the display of the currently selected level in the status bar. How to: see "To disable frequency and level indication in the status bar" on page 404.

  • Page 394: Configuring Lan Services

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Using the security settings "Disabled" Locks the display and all controls for the manual operation of the instrument. This security feature protects the instrument against unauthorized reading and access, for example when you operate the instrument via remote control.
  • Page 395 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Using the security settings In the "Common Services" side tab, you can individually disable the supported ser- vices of the LAN interface. 3. Disable LAN services as needed. a) Disable the service. b) To confirm disabling, enter the security password.
  • Page 396 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Using the security settings In the "Samba Services" side tab, you can activate former versions of the SMB cli- ent and SMB server. The remote commands available to control security settings are described in Chap- ter 15.19, "SYSTem...
  • Page 397 "SMB (Samba)" Access to SMB (Server Message Block), used for providing shared access to files, printers and serial ports of a network. See also Chapter 12.9.3, "Accessing the R&S SMA100B file system using SMB (Samba)", on page 356. Remote command:...

  • Page 398: Password Management

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Using the security settings SMB 1.0/2.0 Server ← Samba Services Enables support of the SMB server compatible with SMB protocol versions 1.0 and 2.0. Security Password Enters the password that is required to enable or to disable the settings protected by a security password.
  • Page 399 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Using the security settings How to: ● "To change the user password of the instrument" on page 401. ● "To change the security password" on page 401. Settings: User Name........................399 User Password......................399 └...
  • Page 400 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Using the security settings ● "To change the security password" on page 401. Note: Note that you cannot reset the password to factory state. If you encounter problems with the password, contact the Rohde & Schwarz customer support, see Chapter 16.10, "Contacting customer...

  • Page 401: Preventing Unauthorized Access

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Using the security settings Change Password ← Security Password Changes the password accordingly. 13.4.5 Preventing unauthorized access The default computer name and user password are instrument. The user password is the password required for VNC, FTP and SMB (samba) connections. If for example, the VNC service or FTP are enabled, anyone in the network who knows the computer name and user password of the instrument can access it.
  • Page 402 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Using the security settings ● "To change the security password" on page 401. a) Select "System Config > Setup > Security > Security > Password Management > Security Password". b) Enter the current password in the "Old Password" field.
  • Page 403 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Using the security settings 4. Uncheck the services you want to block, for example "FTP" and "VNC". 5. Enable "LAN" state, if disabled. 6. Enter the Security Password. 7. Select "Accept". Communication over LAN is possible for the enabled services only.
  • Page 404 ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Using the security settings 3. For example, check "SMB 1.0/2.0 Client". 4. Select "SMB 1.0/2.0 Client > On" and "SMB 1.0/2.0 Server > On". 5. Enter the Security Password. 6. Select "Accept". Enables the access for the SMB Samba client, the access for the SMB Samba server remains blocked.

  • Page 405: Undoing Or Restoring Actions

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Undoing or restoring actions a) Send the command SYST:ULOC ENABled to release all locks at once. b) Send the command SYST:KLOC OFF to unlock the keyboard and touchscreen. c) Send the command SYST:DLOC OFF to release all locks.

  • Page 406: Shutting Down And Rebooting The Instrument

    ® General instrument functions R&S SMA100B Shutting down and rebooting the instrument Settings: State..........................406 History List........................406 Clear History....................... 406 Apply........................... 406 State Enables the recording of the performed actions. History List Lists the performed actions, provided "Undo/Redo" state is "On".

  • Page 407: Network Operation And Remote Control

    (interfaces) for remote access. The following descriptions provide information required for operating the R&S SMA100B remotely. The information applies to all applications and operating modes supported by the instrument. Definitions specified in the SCPI standard are not provided.

  • Page 408: Overview Of Remote Access Modes

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Overview of remote access modes ● To trace messages with the LXI web browser interface........465 ● To return to manual operation................465 ● To automate tasks with remote command scripts..........466 ●...

  • Page 409: Remote Control Interfaces And Protocols

    How to: Chapter 12.9.2, "Accessing the file system using FTP", on page 355. Chapter 12.9.3, "Accessing the R&S SMA100B file system using SMB (Samba)", on page 356 "To enable SMB version 1.0/2.0 client and server" on page 403 14.2 Remote control interfaces and protocols...

  • Page 410: Lan Interface

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote control interfaces and protocols Table 14-2: Remote control interfaces and protocols Interface Remarks Protocols, VISA address string and library ● Local area network HiSLIP High-Speed LAN Instrument Protocol The LAN connector is at the rear panel of the (IVI-6.1)
  • Page 411 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote control interfaces and protocols There are two methods to establish a LAN connection to the instrument: ● A non-dedicated network (Ethernet) connection from the instrument to an existing network. ● A dedicated network connection (Point-to-point connection) between the instru- ment and a single computer.

  • Page 412: Usb Interface

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote control interfaces and protocols Example: TCPIP::192.1.2.3::hislip0 VXI-11 TCPIP::<host address>[::inst0][::INSTR] [::inst0] = LAN device name, indicates that the VXI-11 protocol is used (optional) inst0 currently selects the VXI-11 protocol by default and can be omitted.

  • Page 413: Gpib Interface (Iec/Ieee Bus Interface)

    14.2.3 GPIB interface (IEC/IEEE bus interface) Option: R&S SMAB-B86 To control the R&S SMA100B over the GPIB bus, the instrument and the controller PC must be connected with a GPIB bus cable. A GPIB bus card, the card drivers and the program libraries for the used programming language must be installed on the control- ler.

  • Page 414: Lxi Browser Interface

    14.2.4 LXI browser interface The LXI browser interface allows easy configuration of the LAN and remote control of the R&S SMA100B without additional installation requirements. The instrument's LXI browser interface works correctly with all W3C compliant browsers. Chapter 14.15.1, "LXI functionality",...
  • Page 415 For detailed information, see the application note 1GP72. Example: Remote control (application) program using VISA Figure 14-3: Application program using VISA Protocol Remote control program Socket viOpen (..., "TCPIP:SMA100B-102030::5025::SOCKET", ...) viPrintf (..., "SOUR:FREQ 2GHz\n") VXI-11 viOpen (..., "TCPIP:SMA100B-102030::inst0::INSTR", ...) viPrintf (..., "SOUR:FREQ 2GHz\n") HiSLIP viOpen (..., "TCPIP:SMA100B-102030::hislip0::INSTR", ...)
  • Page 416 (..., "GPIB::28::INSTR", ...) viPrintf (..., "SOUR:FREQ 2GHz\n") Example: Remote control program using instrument driver (VISA available) Figure 14-4: Application using instrument driver (VISA available) Protocol Remote control program rssma_init ("TCPIP:SMA100B-102030::5025::SOCKET", ...) Socket rssma_SetFrequency (..., 2e9) VXI-11 rssma_init ("TCPIP:SMA100B-102030::inst0::INSTR", ...) rssma_SetFrequency (..., 2e9) HiSLIP rssma_init ("TCPIP:SMA100B-102030::hislip0::INSTR", ...)

  • Page 417: Status Reporting System

    Example: Remote control program using instrument driver (VISA not available) Figure 14-5: Remote control program using instrument driver (VISA not available) Protocol Remote control program Socket rssma_init ("TCPIP:SMA100B-102030::5025::SOCKET", ...) rssma_SetFrequency (..., 2e9) GPIB rssma_init ("GPIB::28::INSTR", ...) rssma_SetFrequency (..., 2e9) 14.4 Status reporting system The status reporting system stores all information on the current operating state of the instrument and on errors which have occurred.
  • Page 418 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Status reporting system Figure 14-6: Graphical overview of the status registers hierarchy OPER = Operation Status Summary Bit RQS/MSS = Service Request Generation = Standard Event Status Summary Bit = Message Available in Output Queue...

  • Page 419: Instrument-Specific Status Operation Register

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Status reporting system The following sections describe the instrument-specific bit assignments of the opera- tion status and the questionable status registers. For more information, see: ● Remote control via SCPI: provides general information on the status reporting sys- tem of Rohde &...

  • Page 420: Reset Values Of The Status Reporting System

    To achieve optimal compatibility when replacing an instrument, we recommend that you select the emulation command set for the corresponding signal generator. You find the remote control command sets supported by the R&S SMA100B in a selec- tion list.
  • Page 421 :SYSTem:LANGuage To return to the SCPI command set of the R&S SMA100B, use the corresponding com- mand of the selected command set. If for example an HP generator is emulated, the HP command EX returns to the instru- ment-specific GPIB command set.

  • Page 422: Network Settings

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings REST endpoint SNMP MIB Description Typical data /api/hums/v1/... documents developer information SNMP MIB files, swagger specification of HUMS REST endpoints greetings RS-GREETINGS-MIB identity information manufacturer, model, serial number, version...
  • Page 423 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings The "Network" dialog provides settings of the general network environment, and specific identification parameters of the instrument in the network. If necessary, you can configure the instrument address settings manually.
  • Page 424 789 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:COMMon]:HOSTname Workgroup Sets the individual windows workgroup name of the R&S SMA100B. This parameter is required in case the instrument is integrated in a windows network. This function is password-protected. Unlock the protection level 1 to access it.

  • Page 425: Visa Resource Strings

    > "Static". Remote command: on page 790 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:IPADdress]:DNS MAC Address Indicates the MAC (Media Access Control) address, a unique identifier of the network adapter in the R&S SMA100B. Remote command: on page 788 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:MACaddress 14.5.2 VISA resource strings Access: ► Select "System Config > Remote Access > Visa Resource Strings".
  • Page 426 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings The "Visa Resource String" dialog displays the VISA resource strings provided for remote control over the different interfaces. The remote commands required to query the address information remotely are descri- bed in Chapter 15.19, "SYSTem...

  • Page 427: Gpib Address Settings

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings Remote command: on page 791 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:RESource? GPIB Displays the visa resource string for remote control over the GPIB interface. See also Chapter 14.2.3, "GPIB interface (IEC/IEEE bus interface)", on page 413.

  • Page 428: Rs232 Settings

    USB/serial-adapter R&S TS1-USB and a serial crossover (null modem) cable. The USB connection requires the Visa library to be installed on the controller. Visa detects and configures the R&S SMA100B automatically when the USB connection is established. For more information, refer to the specifications document.

  • Page 429: Instrument Emulations Settings

    Chapter 15.19, "SYSTem subsystem", on page 775. Settings: Language Selects the instrument whose remote command set is emulated by the R&S SMA100B. Remote command: on page 793 :SYSTem:LANGuage Mode Selects the way the instrument identification is performed. "Automatic"...

  • Page 430: Remote Connections Settings

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings IDN String Indicates the identification string of the instrument when queried with the common command *IDN?. In addition to the preset values, you can define your own identification string so that...
  • Page 431 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings Settings: Show Remote Connections in Taskbar............... 431 SCPI Connections.......................431 TCP/IP Connections....................431 Show Remote Connections in Taskbar Displays the currently active connections in the taskbar. SCPI Connections Displays the VISA resources strings of the remote connections currently controlling the instrument via the LAN interface.

  • Page 432: Hums Settings

    ► Select "System Config > Remote Access > HUMS". The dialog provides settings to configure the health and utilization monitoring sys- tem (HUMS) of the R&S SMA100B. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chapter 15.9, "HUMS remote control...

  • Page 433: Hums Enhanced Settings

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings State Activates HUMS. Data is only recorded if HUMS is enabled. If disabled, already recorded data can still be retrieved. The setting is reset by a factory preset to "off".
  • Page 434 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings The dialog provides enhanced settings for configuring protocol settings and device tags. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chapter 15.9, "HUMS remote control commands", on page 518.
  • Page 435 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings └ Access......................435 └ Community....................436 User Settings.......................436 SNMP Enables the SNMP agent and selects the supported SNMP version to communicate with the service. The setting is reset by a factory preset to "v1/v2c".
  • Page 436 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings Remote command: on page 522 SYSTem:COMMunicate:SNMP:COMMunity:RO on page 522 SYSTem:COMMunicate:SNMP:COMMunity:RW Community ← SNMP Configuration Defines the SNMP community string that can be a group of instruments with SNMP version v2 support.
  • Page 437 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings └ Edit........................437 └ Name......................438 └ Prefix......................438 └ Level......................438 └ Delete......................438 Add SNMP User for HUMS..................438 └ SNMP User Name..................439 └ SNMP User Prefix..................439 └ SNMP User Level..................
  • Page 438 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings For description on the entry fields, see Add SNMP User for HUMS. Name ← User table Shows the user name of the user who should have specific user rights.
  • Page 439 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings Remote command: on page 523 SYSTem:COMMunicate:SNMP:USM:USER SNMP User Name ← Add SNMP User for HUMS Defines the name of the user for assigning specific user rights. Entering a user name is mandatory.
  • Page 440 Defines the password for encryption. This password must have at least 8 characters with any combination of ASCII characters. When encryption is defined, the R&S SMA100B supports the DES (directed enhanced services) protocol. Add / Update ← Add SNMP User for HUMS Assigns the defined user with its profile to the list.
  • Page 441 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings Configures device tags for tagging user-defined information of the instrument in a table. You can define up to 32 device tags, e.g., for HUMS history evaluation. To add a device tag, define "Key" and "Value" of the device tag in the table. Click "Add"...

  • Page 442: Qr Code

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B Remote access settings Delete Deletes the selected device tag from the HUMS history. Remote command: on page 521 DIAGnostic:HUMS:TAGS:DELete Adds a new device tag to the HUMS service. Remote command: on page 521...

  • Page 443: Lxi Settings

    SMA100B LXI settings 14.6 LXI settings On the R&S SMA100B, an LXI functionality is already installed and enabled. Thus, you can access he instrument using any web browser. 14.6.1 LXI status settings On the R&S SMA100B, an LXI functionality is already installed and enabled. Thus, you can access he instrument using any web browser.

  • Page 444: Lxi Browser Settings

    Signal Generator Negotiation Auto detect VXI-11 discovery Enabled 14.6.2 LXI browser settings Accessing the R&S SMA100B over the LXI browser inerface, you can perform the fol- lowing tasks: ● Modifying network configurations, see Chapter 14.6.2.1, "LAN configuration", on page 446.
  • Page 445 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B LXI settings The instrument homepage (welcome page) opens. The navigation pane of the browser interface contains the following elements: ● "LXI" – "Home" opens the instrument homepage. The homepage displays the device information required by the LXI stan- dard, including the VISA resource string in read-only format.
  • Page 446 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B LXI settings 14.6.2.1 LAN configuration The "LAN Configuration" web page displays all mandatory LAN parameters and allows their modification. It comprises the following navigation entries. ● configuration..................... 446 ● Advanced config....................447 ●...
  • Page 447 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B LXI settings Advanced config The "Advanced Config" web page provides LAN settings that are not declared manda- tory by the LXI standard. The following advanced parameters are available: ● "mDNS and DNS-SD": The additional protocols "multicast DNS" and "DNS service discovery"...
  • Page 448 2. Select "Submit". 14.6.2.2 SCPI remote trace The remote trace functionality allows you to trace input and output strings at the remote control interface of the R&S SMA100B. Chapter 14.11, "To trace messages with the LXI web browser interface", on page 465.
  • Page 449 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B LXI settings Toolbars The toolbar at the top of the dialog provides basic settings and functions. ● "Live mode" / "logging": If logging is switched on, messages are traced. They are stored in an internal database and can be displayed upon request, using the refresh button (live mode off) or they can be displayed automatically (live mode on).
  • Page 450 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B LXI settings ● "message": indicates the type of the message. Possible values and related mes- sage contents are: – > = incoming command – < = outgoing response to a query –...

  • Page 451: To Configure The Instrument For Remote Access

    To configure the instrument for remote access For more information, refer to the specifications document. 14.7 To configure the instrument for remote access The R&S SMA100B is equipped with a network interface and can be connected to an Ethernet LAN (local area network). How to: Chapter 3.1.7, "Connecting to...

  • Page 452: To Configure The Access Over Lan

    DNS domain and the IP addresses of the DNS server on your network. Obtain the IP address and subnet mask for the R&S SMA100B and the IP address for the local default gateway from your network administrator. If necessary, also obtain the name of your DNS domain and the IP addresses of the DNS server on your network.
  • Page 453 3 numbers in maximum. 6. Select the "Subnet Mask" and enter the subnet mask, for example 255.255.255.0. Note: The subnet mask must be the same for both, the R&S SMA100B and the host interface, the instrument is connected to.
  • Page 454 R&S SMA100B To configure the instrument for remote access Example: The default hostname of an R&S SMA100B with a serial number 102030 is SMA100B-102030. To query and change the hostname 1. Select "System Config > Remote Access > Network". Section "Instrument Name" displays the assigned "Hostname".

  • Page 455: To Configure The Access Over Gpib

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B To configure the instrument for remote access 6. Select the "Samba Services" sidetab. 7. For example, uncheck "SMB 1.0/2.0 Server" to block the access for the SMB Samba server. 8. Enter the Security Password.

  • Page 456: To Establish A Remote Control Session Over Lan

    462 14.8.1 To establish the connection with the LXI web browser Using the LXI browser interface you can access and control the R&S SMA100B instru- ment remotely from another PC without additional installation. File upload and down- load between the instrument and the remote PC is also available.

  • Page 457: To Establish The Connection Using Vxi-11 Protocol

    In this example, the I/O software library R&S VISA from Rohde & Schwarz is used to set up a LAN remote control link and remotely control the R&S SMA100B. R&S VISA is running on a controller PC with Windows operating system. When the connection is set up, you can send commands to the instrument and receive the responses.
  • Page 458 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B To establish a remote control session over LAN 4. In the menu bar, select "Choose VISA Implementation > Rohde & Schwarz Visa" 5. Confirm with "OK". 6. In the menu bar, select "Find Resource" to search for the instrument in the LAN.
  • Page 459 "Resource" field of the main application window. 11. As an alternative to the IP address, you can assign an alias name to the R&S SMA100B: a) In the menu bar, select "RsVisaConfig". b) In the toolbar, select "+" to access the "VISA Resource String Composer".
  • Page 460 R&S VISA indicates the assigned "Alias" name. d) Confirm with "OK". R&S VISA identifies the R&S SMA100B and you can address it either with the resource string or the alias name. 12. In the main window, select "Connect".
  • Page 461 2. Select "Write". 3. Enter the command SOUR:FREQ?. 4. Select "Query". If the R&S SMA100B responses with the frequency value xyou entered, remote control works properly. To monitor the remote control operation 1. Check the "Show Log" checkbox on the top right.

  • Page 462: To Establish The Connection Using Socket Communication

    The socket address is a combination of the IP address or the hostname of the R&S SMA100B and the number of the port configured for remote-control via Telnet. Tip: The R&S SMA100B uses the port number 5025 for remote connection via Tel- net.

  • Page 463: To Establish A Remote Control Session Over Gpib

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B To establish a remote control session over GPIB The connection to the instrument is set up and you can send remote-control com- mands. 4. Telnet does not reflect your first entry. Insert a command, e.g. *IDN and confirm with "Enter".

  • Page 464: To Establish A Remote Control Session Over Usb

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B To establish a remote control session over USB 2. Select "System Config > Remote Access > GPIB Address" > "GPIB Channel Address = 28". The GPIB address of the instrument must be the default value of 28.

  • Page 465: To Trace Messages With The Lxi Web Browser Interface

    To activate SCPI remote trace The remote trace functionality allows you to trace SCPI commands and messages exchanged over the LAN of the R&S SMA100B. To communicate with the instrument over SCPI, use a suitable remote control application. 1. Set up the remote control session as described under "To start remote control with...

  • Page 466: To Automate Tasks With Remote Command Scripts

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B To automate tasks with remote command scripts To return from "Remote LLO" state to manual or to "Remote" state, perform one of the following: ● On the controller, use the command &LOCS.
  • Page 467 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B To automate tasks with remote command scripts Both, automatic and manual SCPI recording of settings is possible. You can start, stop and resume automatic recording, and also record individual commands man- ually.

  • Page 468: Show Scpi Command Settings

    When converted, you can save the script in a file with an extension corresponding to the programming language. The R&S SMA100B provides the following predefined code templates by default: ● Plain SCPI Represents SCPI base format, that is ASCII format, saved as text file (*.txt).

  • Page 469: Displaying A Scpi List

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B To automate tasks with remote command scripts Setttings: Copy..........................469 Close........................... 469 Copy Copies the command and the current setting. Close Exits the "SCPI Command" dialog. 14.13.2 Displaying a SCPI list The instrument displays a recorded SCPI list and thus provides monitoring the recor- ded results before exporting.

  • Page 470: Scpi Recording Export Settings

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B To automate tasks with remote command scripts Remove First Deletes the first entry in the SCPI command list. Remove Last Deletes the last entry in the SCPI command list. Export Opens the "SCPI Recording Export" dialog for configuring the file parameters for the SPCI command script file.

  • Page 471: How To Record / Create Scpi Lists

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B To automate tasks with remote command scripts Export..........................471 Reload.........................471 File content........................471 Format Selects the source code format for the command list. "Plain SCPI" Uses SCPI syntax. "Predefined Code Generator" Accesses the predefined templates for common source code genera- tors that convert the recorded settings in the programming languages MATLAB or NICVI or Python.
  • Page 472 3. Open the context-sensitive menu. 4. Select "Add SCPI Command to Recording List". The R&S SMA100B adds the SCPI command of the setting including the value in a temporary SCPI command list. Tip: "Context-Sensitive > Show SCPI Recording List" opens the dialog with the recorded settings.
  • Page 473 5. Enter a filename. 6. Select "Export". The R&S SMA100B saves the SCPI command list as *.txt file. Note: Exporting the SCPI list of the instrument state in one step usually requires postprocessing on an external PC, as this function lists all instrument states and commands in alphabetical order.
  • Page 474 R&S SMA100B To automate tasks with remote command scripts The R&S SMA100B displays the syntax and the setting value of the SCPI com- mand. With the "Copy" function, you can copy and paste the SCPI command and setting value, e.g., in a command script on a PC.

  • Page 475: How To Convert And Save Scpi Lists

    5. Configure filename and directory and confirm with "Ok". 6. In the "SCPI Recording Export" dialog, select "Export". The R&S SMA100B saves the recorded data in *.txt format. The "File Content" section shows the SCPI commands of the script file.

  • Page 476: How To Find Out The Scpi Commands For Gui Functions

    8. Configure filename and directory and confirm with "Ok". 9. In the "SCPI Recording Export" dialog, select "Export". The R&S SMA100B saves the recorded data in the corresponding format. The "File Content" section shows the content of the script file in the corresponding program- ming language.

  • Page 477: To Operate The Instrument Using Vnc

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B To operate the instrument using VNC With the "Copy" function, you can conveniently paste the command including the current setting, e.g., in a command script. Finding out the SCPI command using the online help If you are looking for the remote command to a function in manual operation, you find it in the description of the online help.

  • Page 478: Enabling Vnc Service

    14.14.2 How to set up remote operation from a desktop system 14.14.2.1 Using a web browser The R&S SMA100B supports remote operation over VNC with any web browser, e.g., Windows Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, or an HTML5 web browser. To operate the instrument from a web browser over VNC 1.
  • Page 479 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B To operate the instrument using VNC Various free-of charge programs such as Ultr@VNC or similar VNC client programs are available for download on the Internet. To operate the instrument from a Linux/Unix client over VNC 1.

  • Page 480: How To Set Up Remote Operation From A Smart Device

    There are several possibilities to establish a WLAN connection between the smart device and the R&S SMA100B. This section gives an example of how a network envi- ronment can be built up, and some essential configuration steps. For more information, see: ●...
  • Page 481 Figure 14-8: Example of a network configuration for remote operation with a smart device As shown in the figure, the R&S SMA100B and the WLAN router are connected to the LAN router. The smart device accesses the Rohde & Schwarz instrument via the WLAN router.
  • Page 482 14.14.3.1 Using a VNC app Using a VNC App enables the smart device to access the R&S SMA100B for remote operation over WLAN. Refer to the manufacturer's website to find a VNC App supported for your smart device, and how it is installed.

  • Page 483: References

    3. Install the required QR code reader software on your smart device. 4. On the smart device, start the QR code reader. 5. On the R&S SMA100B, select "System Config > Remote Access". 6. Select the "QR-Code" tab. 7. Scan the QR code of the instrument with your smart device.

  • Page 484: Code Generator Templates

    Ethernet with the simplicity and familiarity of GPIB. Like GPIB, LXI determines and standardizes the way the instrument behaves in a LAN. The LXI implementation in the R&S SMA100B allows you to change certain LAN set- tings, to reset the LAN connection, and to identify the instrument.
  • Page 485 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B References Command Function #NO_COMMAND_CODE_START Frame for a parameter with no SCPI command available. A parameter is accessed with #NO_COMMAND_CODE_END %PARAMETER. #EXIT_CODE_START Closes the visa session. #EXIT_CODE_END All entries between start and end are written once at the end of the output file.

  • Page 486: Remote Control States

    ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B References //create a VISA session to the serial port and return a handle to it viOpen (defaultRM, (ViRsrc)"TCPIP::localhost::INSTR", VI_NULL, VI_NULL, &handle); #INIT_CODE_END #COMMAND_CODE_START write_command("%COMMAND"); #COMMAND_CODE_END #NO_COMMAND_CODE_START //no SCPI command available for parameter %PARAMETER !
  • Page 487 ® Network operation and remote control R&S SMA100B References Table 14-6: Remote control status icons GUI symbol Transition to remote control state... Transition to manual operation...(local state) ● &GTR (controller) &GTL (controller) ● Tap the "Remote" icon (display) Remote control, but usable front panel keys.

  • Page 488: Remote Control Commands

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Conventions used in SCPI command descriptions 15 Remote control commands In the following, all remote-control commands are presented in detail with their param- eters and the ranges of numerical values. For an introduction to remote control and the status registers, see Chapter 14, "Net-...

  • Page 489: Programming Examples

    15.2 Programming examples The corresponding sections of the same title provide simple programming examples for the R&S SMA100B. The purpose of these examples is to present all commands for a given task. Real applications require application-specific sets of commands and config- urations.

  • Page 490: Common Commands

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Common commands 15.3 Common commands Common commands are described in the IEEE 488.2 (IEC 625-2) standard. These commands have the same effect and are employed in the same way on different devi- ces. The headers of these commands consist of "*" followed by three letters. Many common commands are related to the Status Reporting System.
  • Page 491 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Common commands Returns the contents of the event status register in decimal form and then sets the reg- ister to zero. Return values: <Contents> Range: 0 to 255 Usage: Query only *IDN? Identification Returns the instrument identification.
  • Page 492 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Common commands Return values: <Options> The query returns a list of options. The options are returned at fixed positions in a comma-separated string. A zero is returned for options that are not installed. Usage:...
  • Page 493 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Common commands Sets the instrument to a defined default status. The default settings are indicated in the description of commands. The command is equivalent to SYSTem:PRESet. Usage: Setting only Manual operation: "Preset" on page 336 *SAV <Number>...

  • Page 494: Preset Commands

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Preset commands *TST? Self-test query Initiates self-tests of the instrument and returns an error code. Return values: <ErrorCode> integer > 0 (in decimal format) An error occurred. (For details, see the Service Manual supplied with the instru- ment).
  • Page 495 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Preset commands ......................495 :DEVice:PRESet ....................495 :SOURce<hw>:PRESet ......................495 :SYSTem:PRESet ......................495 :SYSTem:FPReset :DEVice:PRESet Presets all parameters which are not related to the signal path, including the LF gener- ator. Example: DEV:PRES Presets all instruments settings that are not related to the signal path.

  • Page 496: Mmemory Subsystem

    The /var/volatile directory serves as a RAM drive and can be used to protect sensitive information. The data is available temporarily. If option R&S SMAB-B85 is installed, the R&S SMA100B maps the user directory to the removable memory. If a memory is mounted, user data is saved there. Otherwise user data is redirected to the volatile memory.

  • Page 497: Handling Files In The Default Or In A Specified Directory

    The file and the optional file extension are separated by a period sign. The R&S SMA100B distinguishes the files according to their extensions; each type of file is assigned a specific file content and hence a specific file extension. Refer to Chapter B, "Available user files and file...

  • Page 498: Programming Examples

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B MMEMory subsystem The same rule applies to the /var/volatile directory, see Example"Working with files in the volatile memory" on page 500. Example: Load file with user data from a specific directory This example shows the principle of file handling in remote environment by using list commands.
  • Page 499 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B MMEMory subsystem // set the default directory; specify only the file name MMEMory:CDIRectory "/var/user/savrcl" *SAV 4 MMEMory:STORe:STATe 4,"settings.savrcltxt" // Load the saved settings in the intermediate memory 4 and activate them MMEMory:LOAD:STATe 4,"/var/user/settings.savrcltxt" *RCL 4...

  • Page 500: Remote Control Commands

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B MMEMory subsystem MMEMory:MOVE "settings.savrcltxt","settings_new.savrcltxt" MMEMory:CATalog? "/var/user/new" // 25141,8102789120,".,DIR,4096","..,DIR,4096","settings_new.savrcltxt,BIN,16949" // Delete an empty directory, e.g. the "test" directory MMEMory:RDIRectory "/var/user/test" // Delete the entire directory, including files and subdirectories :MMEMory:RDIRectory:RECursive "var/user/test" Example: Working with files in the volatile memory This example shows how to work with files in the /var/volatile directory.
  • Page 501 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B MMEMory subsystem Return values: <Catalog> string String parameter to specify the directory. If you leave out the path, the command returns the contents of the directory selected with :MMEMory:CDIRectory. The path may be relative or absolute.
  • Page 502 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B MMEMory subsystem <DestinationFile> string String containing the path and name of the target file. The path can be relative or absolute. If <DestinationFile> is not specified, the <SourceFile> is copied to the current directory, queried with the :MMEMory: command.
  • Page 503 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B MMEMory subsystem :MMEMory:DCATalog? Returns the subdirectories of a particular directory. Return values: <DCatalog> <file_entry> Names of the subdirectories separated by colons. The first two strings are related to the parent directory. Usage: Query only :MMEMory:DCATalog:LENGth? [<Path>]...
  • Page 504 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B MMEMory subsystem Usage: Setting only Manual operation: "Recall" on page 343 :MMEMory:MDIRectory <Directory> Creates a subdirectory for mass memory storage in the specified directory. If no direc- tory is specified, a subdirectory is created in the default directory. This command can also be used to create a directory tree.
  • Page 505 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B MMEMory subsystem Setting parameters: <Directory> string String parameter to specify the directory to be deleted. Example: Example"Working with files and directories" on page 499. Usage: Setting only :MMEMory:RDIRectory:RECursive <Directory> Removes the specified directory, including files and subdirectories from the mass memory storage system.

  • Page 506: Calibration Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B CALibration subsystem <HeapUsedKb> integer Used heap memory. <HeapAvailableKb> integer Available heap memory. Usage: Query only 15.6 CALibration subsystem The CALibration subsystem contains the commands needed for performing internal adjustments. This procedure is triggered by the query commands.
  • Page 507 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B CALibration subsystem Return values: <Measure> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF Example: CAL:ALL:MEAS? // Response: "0" // Executes the adjustments of all instrument functions. // When completed, it indicates that the adjustment // has been performed successfully.
  • Page 508 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B CALibration subsystem Return values: <Temperature> string Example: CALibration:ALL:TEMP? // "+12.00 K" Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Temperature Offset" on page 835 :CALibration<hw>:ALL:TIME? Queries the time elapsed since the last full adjustment. Return values: <Time>...
  • Page 509 ® R&S SMA100B Remote control commands CALibration subsystem Return values: <Date> string Example: CAL:DATA:FACT:DATE? // "2016-01-01" Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Last Factory Calibration" on page 827 :CALibration:DELay:MINutes <Minutes> Sets the warm-up time to wait before internal adjustment starts automatically.

  • Page 510: Csynthesis Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B CSYNthesis subsystem Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Adjust All Delayed" on page 836 :CALibration<hw>:DEBug <State> Activates logging of the internal adjustments. Suffix: <hw> Optional suffix Setting parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON...
  • Page 511 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B CSYNthesis subsystem ......................511 :CSYNthesis:STATe .......................511 :CSYNthesis:OTYPe ....................511 :CSYNthesis:FREQuency ...................... 512 :CSYNthesis:POWer ....................512 :CSYNthesis:OFFSet:STATe ......................512 :CSYNthesis:OFFSet ....................513 :CSYNthesis:VOLTage ...................... 513 :CSYNthesis:PHASe ..................513 :CSYNthesis:PHASe:REFerence .................. 514 :CSYNthesis:POWer:STEP:MODE ................514 :CSYNthesis:FREQuency:STEP:MODE ................. 514 :CSYNthesis:POWer:STEP[:INCRement] ..................514 :CSYNthesis:FREQuency:STEP :CSYNthesis:STATe <State>...
  • Page 512 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B CSYNthesis subsystem UP|DOWN Varies the frequency step by step. The frequency is increased or decreased by the value set with the command :CSYNthesis:FREQuency:STEP. Range: 100E3 to 1.5E9 Increment: 0.001 *RST: 10E6 Example: Chapter 15.7, "CSYNthesis subsystem",...
  • Page 513 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B CSYNthesis subsystem Parameters: <Offset> float Range: -5 to 5 Increment: 0.001 *RST: Example: Chapter 15.7, "CSYNthesis subsystem", on page 510. Manual operation: "DC Offset" on page 330 :CSYNthesis:VOLTage <Voltage> Sets the voltage for the CMOS signal.
  • Page 514 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B CSYNthesis subsystem :CSYNthesis:POWer:STEP:MODE <Mode> :CSYNthesis:FREQuency:STEP:MODE <Mode> Defines the type of step size to vary the frequency and level at discrete steps. Parameters: <Mode> DECimal | USER DECimal Increases or decreases the level in steps of 10.

  • Page 515: Diagnostic Subsystem

    The test functions are intended for services purposes. They are thus password-protected functions. Unlock the corresponding protection level to access them, see :SYSTem:PROTect<ch>[:STATe]. For more information, see R&S SMA100B Service Manual. Common suffixes The following common suffixes are used in remote commands:...
  • Page 516 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B DIAGnostic subsystem ..................517 :DIAGnostic:INFO:POCount? ...................517 :DIAGnostic<hw>:POINt:CATalog? ................517 :DIAGnostic<hw>[:MEASure]:POINt? :DIAGnostic<hw>:BGINfo:CATalog? Queries the names of the assemblies available in the instrument. Return values: <Catalog> string List of all assemblies; the values are separated by commas The length of the list is variable and depends on the instrument equipment configuration.
  • Page 517 Query only Manual operation: "Power On Count" on page 827 :DIAGnostic<hw>:POINt:CATalog? Queries the test points available in the instrument. For more information, see R&S SMA100B Service Manual. Return values: <Catalog> string List of comma-separated values, each representing a test point Example: Example"Programming example"...

  • Page 518: Hums Remote Control Commands

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B HUMS remote control commands 15.9 HUMS remote control commands The remote control commands for the health and utilizations monitoring system (HUMS) comprise commands of the DIAGnostic subsystem and the commands of the SYSTem:COMMunicate:REST and SYSTem:COMMunicate:REST subsystems.
  • Page 519 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B HUMS remote control commands Device history information of the connected instrument as block data in a comma-separated list: #blockdata[{event1},{event2},{event3}...] With the following parameters: <eventID>,<eventTimestamp>,<eventMessage>, <eventDetails>,<eventSeverity> Binary block data with the following syntax: #<Digits><Length><Binarydata> Indicates the start of the binary block <Digits>...
  • Page 520 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B HUMS remote control commands JSON Returns the HUMS data in JSON format. Returns the HUMS data in XML format. *RST: JSON Example: //Return data in JSON format DIAG:HUMS:FORM JSON DIAGnostic:HUMS:SAVE <path> Saves the HUMS history as a ZIP file to your preferred path.
  • Page 521 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B HUMS remote control commands Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Add" on page 442 DIAGnostic:HUMS:TAGS:DELete <ID> Deletes a certain tag you assigned to your instrument, including its key and value. Setting parameters: <ID> ID number of the tag you want to delete.
  • Page 522 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B HUMS remote control commands Manual operation: "Key" on page 441 "Value" on page 441 "Add" on page 442 SYSTem:COMMunicate:REST:ENABle <RestState> Turns communication via the REST API on and off. Parameters: <RestState> ON | OFF | 0 | 1...
  • Page 523 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B HUMS remote control commands SYSTem:COMMunicate:SNMP:CONTact <SnmpContact> Defines the SNMP contact information for the administrator. You can also set the contact information via SNMP if you do not set it via SCPI. Parameters for setting and query: <SnmpContact>...
  • Page 524 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B HUMS remote control commands Usage: Setting only Manual operation: "Add SNMP User for HUMS" on page 438 SYSTem:COMMunicate:SNMP:USM:USER:ALL? Queries the number of users and a list of all SNMP users for SNMPv3. Prerequisites for this command: ●...

  • Page 525: Display Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B DISPlay subsystem SNMP communication is off. SNMP communication with SNMPv2 or lower. V123 SNMP communication with SNMPv2 and SNMPv3. SNMP communication with SNMPv3. *RST: V123 Example: //Select the SNMP version SYST:COMM:SNMP:VERS V12 Manual operation: "SNMP"...
  • Page 526 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B DISPlay subsystem // Query the dialog IDs of all open dialogs DISPlay:DIALog:ID? // CEUtraDLGenSetDlg,_,$A DlgKeyRf_Rosc // Open and close dialogs via remote control DISPlay:DIALog:OPEN "CEUtraDLGenSetDlg,_,$A" DISPlay:DIALog:OPEN "DlgKeyRf_Rosc" DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe "DlgKeyRf_Rosc" DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe:ALL ....................526 :DISPlay:PSAVe:HOLDoff ....................526 :DISPlay:PSAVe[:STATe] .....................
  • Page 527 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B DISPlay subsystem Manual operation: "Screen Saver" on page 367 :DISPlay:BRIGhtness <BRIGhtness> Sets the brightness of the dispaly. Parameters: <BRIGhtness> float Range: 1.0 to 20.0 Increment: 1.0 *RST: 14.0 Example: DISPlay:BRIGhtness 14 Manual operation: "Display"...
  • Page 528 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B DISPlay subsystem Example: Example"Activating screen saver mode and display update" on page 525 Manual operation: "Annotation Amplitude" on page 393 :DISPlay:ANNotation:FREQuency <SecPassWord>, <State> Indicates asterisks instead of the frequency values in the status bar.
  • Page 529 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B DISPlay subsystem <Optional parts> String of $<X> values, where <X> is a character, interpreted as follows: $q<DialogQualifier>: optional dialog qualifier, usually the letter A or B, as displayed in the dialog title. $i<Instances>: comma-separated list of instance indexes, given in the order h,c,s,d,g,u,0.

  • Page 530: Format Subsystem

    The commands in the FORMat subsystem determine the format of data returned by the R&S SMA100B to the controller. This affects all query commands that return a list of numerical data or block data, noted in the descriptions of the commands. The set data format applies to both paths.

  • Page 531: Hcopy Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B HCOPy subsystem BINary|HEXadecimal|OCTal Returns the register content either as a binary, hexadecimal or octal number. According to the selected format, the number starts with #B (binary), #H (hexadecimal) or #O (octal). *RST: ASCii Example: :FORM:SREG HEX returns the register content as a hexadecimal number.

  • Page 532: Hard Copy Settings

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B HCOPy subsystem // ****************************************************************** // Configure hard copy options, set automatic naming rules // An automatically generated file name consists of: // <Prefix><YYYY><MM><DD><Number>.<Format> // ****************************************************************** :HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage BMP // defines output format *.bmp :HCOPy:REGion DIALog // selects the region to be copied :HCOPy:FILE:AUTO:DIR "/usb/HCopy"...
  • Page 533 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B HCOPy subsystem :HCOPy:DATA? Transfers the hard copy data directly as a NByte stream to the remote client. Return values: <Data> block data Example: Example"Store a hard copy of the display" on page 531 Usage: Query only :HCOPy:IMAGe:FORMat <Format>...

  • Page 534: Automatic Naming

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B HCOPy subsystem :HCOPy[:EXECute] Generates a hard copy of the current display. The output destination is a file. Example: Example"Store a hard copy of the display" on page 531 Usage: Event Manual operation: "Save" on page 361 15.12.2 Automatic naming...
  • Page 535 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B HCOPy subsystem :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:DIRectory:CLEar Deletes all files with extensions *.bmp, *.jpg, *.png and *.xpm in the directory set for automatic naming. Example: Example"Store a hard copy of the display" on page 531 Usage: Event Manual operation: "Clear Path"...

  • Page 536: Kboard Subsystem

    Queries the number that is used as part of the file name for the next hard copy in auto- matic mode. At the beginning, the count starts at 0. The R&S SMA100B searches the specified out- put directory for the highest number in the stored files. It increases this number by one to achieve a unique name for the new file.

  • Page 537: Output Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B OUTPut subsystem LETTers Enables numerical and alphanumerical keys. *RST: n.a. (factory preset: DIGits) Example: :FPANel:KEYBoard:LAYout LETTers // enables the alphanumerical additional // and the numerical assignment of the keys. Manual operation: "Front Panel Numeric Keypad Layout"...
  • Page 538 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B OUTPut subsystem ................540 :OUTPut<hw>:AFIXed:RANGe:UPPer? ................... 541 :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:CLEar ................541 :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:TRIPped? :OUTPut:ALL[:STATe] <State> Enables the RF output signal of the instrument. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: n.a. (factory preset: 0)
  • Page 539 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B OUTPut subsystem FIXed The step attenuator and amplifier stages are fixed at the current position, providing level settings with constant output VSWR. The resulting variation range is calculated according to the posi- tion. *RST:...
  • Page 540 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B OUTPut subsystem The R&S SMA100B supplies the signal at the V/GHz X-Axis connector. Parameters: <OutpSelScale> S0V25 | S0V5 | S1V0 | XAXis S0V25|S0V5|S1V0 Supplies the voltage proportional to the set frequency, derived from the selected setting.

  • Page 541: Power Sensor Measurement Subsystems

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Level Range" on page 229 :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:CLEar Resets the protective circuit after it has been tripped. To define the output state, use the command :OUTPut<hw>[:STATe]. Example: :OUTPut1:PROT:CLE Resets the protective circuit of the RF output.

  • Page 542: Calculate Subsystem

    Second Power sensor connected to the USB interface = SENSe3 ● Third Power sensor connected to the USB interface = SENSe4 Power and Pulse Data Analysis, Gated Measurements (option R&S SMA100B- K28) The power analysis measurement commands are subsumed under the SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:…...
  • Page 543 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems ............548 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:GATE<ch>:STOP ............548 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:GATE<ch>:STATe ............ 549 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:MARKer<ch>:FEED ........... 549 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:MARKer<ch>:STATe ............549 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:MATH<ch>:STATe ..........549 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:MATH<ch>:SUBTract ............550 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:MATH<ch>:XVAL ............550 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:MATH<ch>:YVAL :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:MARKer<ch>:FEED <MarkerBinding> Selects the marker for frequency measurement. Each marker is bound to one of the traces.
  • Page 544 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:MATH<ch>:SUBTract <Subtract> Subtracts the operands 1 and 2 and assigns the result to the selected trace in "Fre- quency" measurement mode. Parameters: <Subtract> T1T1 | T1T2 | T1T3 | T1T4 | T1REf | T2T1 | T2T2 | T2T3 | T2T4 |...
  • Page 545 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: CALCulate:POWer:SWEep:FREQuency:MATH1:YVAL -20 CALCulate:POWer:SWEep:FREQuency:MATH2:YVAL -20 Sets the power values for the two frequency points to calculate the reference curve. Manual operation: "POW (Y)" on page 275 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:MARKer<ch>:FEED <MarkerBinding> Selects the marker for power measurement. Each marker is bound to one of the traces.
  • Page 546 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:MATH<ch>:SUBTract <Subtract> Subtracts the operands 1 and 2 and assigns the result to the selected trace in "Power" measurement mode. Parameters: <Subtract> T1T1 | T1T2 | T1T3 | T1T4 | T1REf | T2T1 | T2T2 | T2T3 | T2T4 |...
  • Page 547 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: CALCulate:POWer:SWEep:POWer:MATH1:YVAL 20 CALCulate:POWer:SWEep:POWer:MATH2:YVAL -30 Sets the power values on the y-axis for the two values defined for the x-axis to calculate the reference curve. Manual operation: "Pow (Y)" on page 276 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:GATE<ch>:AVERage?
  • Page 548 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Return values: <Maximum> float Range: -1000 to 1000 Increment: 1E-12 *RST: Example: SENS:SWE:MODE TIME Activates time mode for power analysis. CALC:SWE:TIME:GATE:STAT ON Activates time gated measurement. SENS:SWE:INIT Activates a single power analysis measurement.
  • Page 549 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:MARKer<ch>:FEED <MarkerBinding> Selects the marker for time measurement. Each marker is bound to one of the traces. Parameters: <MarkerBinding> TRAC1 | TRAC2 | TRAC3 | TRACe1 | TRACe2 | TRACe3 |...

  • Page 550: Display Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: CALC:POW:SWE:TIME:MATH4:SUBT T2REF Subtracts the Reference and Trace 2, and assigns the result to Trace 4. The resulting curve is shown in the diagram. Options: Option R&S SMAB-K28 Manual operation: "Mathematics - Trace Power Analysis"...

  • Page 551: Initiate Command

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :DISPlay[:WINDow][:POWer]:SWEep:BACKground:COLor <Color> Defines the background color of the measurement diagram. The selected color applies also to the hardcopy of the diagram. Parameters: <Color> BLACk | WHITe *RST: BLACk Example: DISP:SWE:BACK:COL WHIT The measurement is indicated with a white background.

  • Page 552: Read Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems 15.15.4 READ subsystem :READ<ch>[:POWer]? Triggers power measurement and displays the results. Note: This command does not affect the local state, i.e. you can get results with local state on or off. For long measurement times, we recommend that you use an SRQ for command synchronization (MAV bit).
  • Page 553 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems ........... 558 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:OFFSet:STATe ..........558 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:PULSe:STATe ......559 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:PULSe:THReshold:BASE ..559 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:PULSe:THReshold:POWer:HREFerence ..559 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:PULSe:THReshold:POWer:LREFerence ..560 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:PULSe:THReshold:POWer:REFerence ..........560 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:SFRequency ........560 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:SFRequency:STATe .......... 561 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:TRIGger:AUTO ......... 561 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:TRIGger:DTIMe ........561 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:TRIGger:HYSTeresis ...........562 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:TRIGger:LEVel...
  • Page 554 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems ......... 574 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:YEAR? ......575 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:YEAR:STATe ..............575 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy[:EXECute] ................... 575 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:INITiate ..................575 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:MODE ..........576 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:REFerence:DATA:COPY ..........576 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:REFerence:DATA:POINts? ..........576 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:REFerence:DATA:XVALues ..........576 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:REFerence:DATA:YVALues ................577 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:RMODe ............577 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:SPACing[:MODE] ................577 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:STARt ................. 578 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:STEPs ................
  • Page 555 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: SENS2:SWE:FREQ:OFFS -3dB Defines a level offset of -3 dB. SENS2:SWE:FREQ:OFFS:STAT ON Activates the specified level offset. Options: Option R&S SMAB-K28 Manual operation: "Level Offset - Power Analysis" on page 292 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency[:SENSor]:OFFSet:STATe <State>...
  • Page 556 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: SENS:SWE:FREQ:SENS2:SRAN:STAT ON Activates use of a separate frequency range for frequency ver- sus power measurement. SENS:SWE:FREQ:SENS2:STAR 2.0GHZ Sets a sweep start at 2 GHz irrespective of the current signal generator frequency settings.
  • Page 557 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: SENS2:SWE:POW:OFFS -5dB Defines a level offset of -5 dB. SENS2:SWE:POW:OFFS:STAT ON Activates that the specified level offset is considered. Options: Option R&S SMAB-K28 Manual operation: "Level Offset - Power Analysis"...
  • Page 558 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:OFFSet <Offset> Defines the level offset at the sensor input in dB. Activate the offset with the com- mand :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:OFFSet:STATe on page 558. Parameters: <Offset> float Range: -100 to 100 Increment: 0.01...
  • Page 559 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:PULSe:THReshold:BASE <Base> Selects how the threshold parameters for pulse analysis are calculated. Note: The command is only available in time measurement mode and with R&S NRPZ81 power sensors. Parameters: <Base>...
  • Page 560 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: SENS:SWE:TIM:PULS:THR:LREF 10 Sets the lower reference level to 10%. Options: Option R&S SMAB-K28 Manual operation: "Proximal" on page 290 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:PULSe:THReshold:POWer: REFerence <Reference> Sets the medial reference level in terms of percentage of the overall pulse level (power or voltage related).
  • Page 561 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: SENS1:SWE:TIME:SENS:SFR:STAT ON Activates the use of a separate frequency than the generator fre- quency for power analysis Manual operation: "Use Separate Frequency- Power Analysis" on page 292 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:TRIGger:AUTO <Auto>...
  • Page 562 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:TRIGger:LEVel <Level> Sets the trigger threshold. Parameters: <Level> float Range: -200 to 100 Increment: 0.001 *RST: Example: SENS1:SWE:TIME:SENS:TRIG:LEV -20 dBm Sets the trigger level to -20 dBm. Manual operation: "Level - Power Analysis"...
  • Page 563 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: SENS:ZERO activates autozero function. Usage: Event :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:ABORt Aborts the power analysis with NRP power sensors. Example: SENS:SWE:ABOR;*OPC? Aborts the current power measurement. Usage: Setting only :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:REFerence:DATA:COPY Generates a reference curve for "Frequency" measurement.
  • Page 564 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:REFerence:DATA:YVALues <YValues> Sets or queries the y values of the two reference points, i.e."Pow Y (Point A)" and "Power Y (Point B)" in "Frequency" measurement. Parameters: <YValues> string Example: SENSe:POW:SWE:FREQ:REF:DATA:YVAL -10,25 Sets the y value of reference "Point A"...
  • Page 565 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:STEPs <Steps> Sets the number of measurement steps for the frequency mode. Parameters: <Steps> integer Range: 10 to 1000 *RST: Example: SENS:SWE:FREQ:STEP 500 Sets 500 steps Manual operation: "Steps" on page 280 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:STOP <Stop>...
  • Page 566 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:YSCale:AUTO <Auto> Activates autoscaling of the Y axis of the diagram. Parameters: <Auto> OFF | CEXPanding | FEXPanding | CFLoating | FFLoating Auto scaling is deactivated. If switching from activated to deacti- vated Auto scaling, the scaling is maintained.
  • Page 567 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Parameters: <Maximum> float Range: -200 to 100 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: SENS:SWE:FREQ:YSC:MAX 10DBM Sets 10 dBm as the upper limit of the measurement diagram. Manual operation: "Min - Max Level"...
  • Page 568 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: SENS:SWE:HCOP:DEV:LANG CSV selects output format *.csv. SENS:SWE:HCOP:DEV:LANG:CSV:ORI HOR selects horizontal orientation SENS:SWE:HCOP:DEV:LANG:CSV:SEP SEM selects ";" as the separator between the values SENS:SWE:HCOP:DEV:LANG:CSV:DPO DOT selects "." as decimal point SENS:SWE:HCOP:DATA?
  • Page 569 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: SENS:SWE:HCOP:DEV FIL Selects output device file. :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage <Language> Selects the bitmap graphic format for the screenshot of the power analysis trace. In addition, ASCII file format *.csv is offered. If file format *.csv is selected, the trace data is saved as an ASCII file with comma separated values.
  • Page 570 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Manual operation: "Row Header" on page 308 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage:CSV:ORIentation <Orientation> Defines the orientation of the X/Y value pairs. Parameters: <Orientation> HORizontal | VERTical *RST: VERTical Example: SENS:SWE:HCOP:DEV:LANG CSV Selects output format *.csv.
  • Page 571 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME] <Name> Creates of selects a file for storing the hardcopy after the :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep: on page 575 command is sent. The directory is either defined HCOPy[:EXECute] with the command MMEMory:CDIR or the path is specified together with the file name.
  • Page 572 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Manual operation: "Clear Parth" on page 305 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:FILE? Queries the file name generated with the automatic naming settings. Note: As default the automatically generated file name is composed of: >PAth>/ <Prefix><YYYY><MM><DD><Number>.<Format>.
  • Page 573 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Return values: <Day> integer Range: 1 to 31 *RST: Example: SENS:SWE:HCOP:FILE:AUTO:DAY? Queries the day of the date part in the automatic file name. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Prefix, Year, Month, Day, Instrument Name"...
  • Page 574 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:NUMBer? Queries the generated number in the automatic file name. Return values: <Number> integer Range: 0 to 999999 *RST: Example: SENS:SWE:HCOP:FILE:AUTO:NUMB? Queries the number in the automatic file name. Usage:...
  • Page 575 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Prefix, Year, Month, Day, Instrument Name" on page 305 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:YEAR:STATe <State> Activates the usage of the year in the automatic file name. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF...
  • Page 576 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Parameters: <Mode> FREQuency | POWer | TIME *RST: FREQuency Example: SENS:SWE:MODE FREQ Selects frequency mode. Manual operation: "Mode" on page 279 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:REFerence:DATA:COPY Generates a reference curve for "Power" measurement. Example: SENS:POW:SWE:POW:REF:DATA:COPY Generates a reference curve in power mode.
  • Page 577 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Parameters: <YValues> string Example: SENSe:POW:SWE:TIME:REF:DATA:YVAL -30,10 Sets the y value of reference "Point A" to -30 dBm, and the value of "Point B" to 10 dBm. Manual operation: "Pow (Y)"...
  • Page 578 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:STEPs <Steps> Sets the number of measurement steps for the power versus power measurement. Parameters: <Steps> integer Range: 10 to 1000 *RST: Example: SENS:SWE:POW:STEP 500 Sets the 500 measurement steps.
  • Page 579 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Auto scaling is deactivated. When switching from activated to deactivated Auto scaling, the scaling is maintained. When switching from deactivated to activated Auto scaling, the scaling is reset to min = max = 0.
  • Page 580 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: SENS:SWE:POW:YSC:MAX 10DBM Sets 10 dBm as the upper limit of the measurement diagram. Manual operation: "Min - Max Level" on page 282 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:YSCale:MINimum <Minimum> Sets the minimum value for the y axis of the measurement diagram.
  • Page 581 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:REFerence:DATA:COPY Generates a reference curve for "Time" measurement. Example: SENS:POW:SWE:TIME:REF:DATA:COPY Generates a reference curve in time mode. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Save To Ref" on page 276 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:REFerence:DATA:POINts? Queries the number of points from the reference curve in "Time" measurement.
  • Page 582 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:RMODe <RMode> Selects single or continuous mode for measurement mode time in power analysis. Parameters: <RMode> SINGle | CONTinuous *RST: CONTinuous Example: SENS:SWE:TIME:RMOD SING Selects single measurement. Manual operation: "Execution"...
  • Page 583 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Parameters: <Steps> integer Range: 10 to 1000 *RST: Example: SENS:SWE:TIME:STEP 500 Sets the 500 measurement steps. Manual operation: "Steps" on page 280 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:STOP <Stop> Sets the stop time for the power versus time measurement.
  • Page 584 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Auto scaling is deactivated. When switching from activated to deactivated Auto scaling, the scaling is maintained. When switching from deactivated to activated Auto scaling, the scaling is reset to min = max = 0.

  • Page 585: Trace Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: SENS:SWE:TIME:YSC:MAX 10DBM Sets 10 dBm as the upper limit of the measurement diagram. Manual operation: "Min - Max Level" on page 282 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:YSCale:MINimum <Minimum> Sets the minimum value for the y axis of the measurement diagram.
  • Page 586 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems ....591 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:TRANsition:POSitive:OVERshoot? :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:DCYCle:DISPlay:ANNotation[: ........................592 STATe] :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:DURation:DISPlay:ANNotation[: ........................592 STATe] :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:PERiod:DISPlay:ANNotation[: ........................592 STATe] :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:AVERage:DISPlay:ANNotation[: ........................592 STATe] :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:PULSe:BASE:DISPlay: ....................592 ANNotation[:STATe] :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:HREFerence:DISPlay: ....................592 ANNotation[:STATe] :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:LREFerence:DISPlay: ....................592 ANNotation[:STATe] :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:MAXimum:DISPlay:ANNotation[: ........................592 STATe] :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:MINimum:DISPlay:ANNotation[: ........................592 STATe] :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:REFerence:DISPlay:ANNotation[: ........................592...
  • Page 587 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :TRACe<ch>:FREQ:SWEep:SRC <FreqSource> Determines the source of a trace for display in frequency measurement mode. Parameters: <FreqSource> OFF | SEN1 | SEN2 | SEN3 | SEN4 | HOLD | REF | ON ON|OFF Activates ofr deactivates the display of a trace.
  • Page 588 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: :TRACe1:POW:SWEep:SRC SEN1 Selects the connector assigned to the first port for display in trace 1. :TRACe2:POW:SWEep:SRC HOLD Freezes the power sweep measurement results in trace 1. Manual operation: "Indication - Trace Power Analysis"...
  • Page 589 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:COPY <Copy> Stores the selected trace data as reference trace. Setting parameters: <Copy> REFerence Example: TRAC2:SWE:COPY REF Stores the current trace2 as reference trace' TRAC1:SWE:FEED REF Assigns the reference trace to trace 1.
  • Page 590 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:DATA:YSValue? <XValue> For a given x-axis value, queries the measurement (y-axis) value of the selected trace of the current power analysis. Query parameters: <XValue> float Return values: <YSValue> float Increment: 1E-9 Example: TRACe1:SWE:DATA:YSValue? 2.3...
  • Page 591 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: TRAC2:SWE:COPY REF Stores trace2 as reference trace. TRAC1:SWE:FEED REF Assigns the reference trace to trace 1. TRAC1:SWE:STAT ON Assigns the reference trace to trace 1. SENS:SWE:RMOD SING Selects single measurement...
  • Page 592 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Manual operation: "Overshoot (Rising Edge / Falling Edge)" on page 296 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:DCYCle:DISPlay: ANNotation[:STATe] <State> :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:DURation:DISPlay: ANNotation[:STATe] <State> :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:PERiod:DISPlay: ANNotation[:STATe] <State> :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:AVERage:DISPlay: ANNotation[:STATe] <State> :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:PULSe:BASE:DISPlay: ANNotation[:STATe] <State> :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:HREFerence:DISPlay: ANNotation[:STATe] <State> :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:LREFerence:DISPlay: ANNotation[:STATe] <State>...
  • Page 593 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: TRAC:SWE:MEAS:TRAC2:PULS:PER:DISP:ANN ON Selects the pulse period to be indicated in the display. TRAC:SWE:MEAS:PULS:DISP:ANN ON Activates indication of the selected pulse data in the display. Options: Option R&S SMAB-K28 Manual operation: "Overshoot (Rising Edge / Falling Edge)"...
  • Page 594 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Parameters: <HReference> float Range: 0.0 to 100.0 Increment: 0.01 *RST: 90.0 Example: TRAC2:SWE:PULS:THR:POW:HREF? Queries the upper reference level of trace 2. Manual operation: "Distal" on page 289 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:PULSe:THReshold:POWer:LREFerence <LReference> Queries the lower medial threshold level of the overall pulse level. The proximal power defines the start of the rising edge and the end of the falling edge of the pulse.
  • Page 595 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Parameters: <State> OFF | ON | HOLD *RST: The preset value for each trace is evaluated during runtime as follows: If a sensor is plugged into the generator whose number corresponds to the trace number, this sensor is used to feed the trace and the state of the trace is ON;...
  • Page 596 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B Power sensor measurement subsystems Example: TRAC:SWE:MEAS:GATE:DISP:ANN ON The diagram also shows the gate information. Options: Option R&S SMAB-K28 Manual operation: "Gate View" on page 286 "State - Gate" on page 302 :TRACe[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:MARKer:DISPlay:ANNotation[:STATe] <State> Activates the indication of the markers and the marker list in the measurement diagram and in the hardcopy file.

  • Page 597: Sense, Read, Initiate And Slist Subsystems

    15.16 SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems These subsystems contain the commands for configuring the power measurements with R&S NRP power sensor connected to the R&S SMA100B. The local state is set with the INIT command. Switching off the local state enhances the measurement performance.
  • Page 598 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Programming examples Example: Detecting and assigning a power sensor SLISt:LIST? // Response: "NRP33SN-V-900007-USB Legacy","NRP-Z211-900001-USB Legacy" // Lists all automatically detected sensors. SLISt:SCAN:STATe 1 // Searches for sensors connected in the LAN or via the USBTMC protocol.
  • Page 599 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Example: Performing a power measurement with a fixed filter Prerequisite: The sensor is connected to the instrument and mapped to the first sensor channel. SENSe1:SOURce RF // Sensor measures the power of the RF signal.
  • Page 600 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems ..............606 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:NSRatio:MTIMe ................606 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:SONCe ................. 607 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:TYPE ..................607 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FREQuency ................608 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:LOGGing:STATe ..................608 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:OFFSet ................608 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:OFFSet:STATe ................... 609 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SNUMber? ..................609 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SOURce ................. 609 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:STATus[:DEVice]? ...................610 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SVERsion? ..................
  • Page 601 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Setting parameters: <IP> string *RST: Example: Example"Detecting and assigning a power sensor" on page 598. Usage: Setting only Manual operation: "Add LAN Sensor" on page 265 :SLISt:SCAN:USENsor <DeviceID>, <Serial>...
  • Page 602 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems :SLISt:CLEar[:ALL] Removes all R&S NRP power sensors from the list. Example: Example"Detecting and assigning a power sensor" on page 598. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Clear" on page 265 :SLISt:ELEMent<ch>:MAPPing <Mapping>...
  • Page 603 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Parameters: <Power> DBM | DBUV | WATT *RST: Example: :SENS2:UNIT DBM Selects dBm as unit for the measured value returned by com- mand READ. :READ2? Response: 7.34 7.34 dBm are measured by sensor 2.
  • Page 604 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Parameters: <Select> float *RST: Manual operation: "S-Parameter" on page 263 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:CORRection:SPDevice:STATe <State> Activates the use of the S-parameter correction data. Note: If you use power sensors with attenuator, the instrument automatically activates the use of S-parameter data.
  • Page 605 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:DISPlay:PERManent:STATe <State> Activates the permanent display of the measured power level results. The instrument also indicates the sensor type, the connection, the measurement source and the offset if set.
  • Page 606 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Example: :SENS1:FILT:TYPE USER Selects user filter mode. :SENS1:FILT:LENG 16 Sets a filter length of 16. E.g. using a sensor with 20 ms time window, the resulting measurement time is 640 ms (2x16x20 Manual operation: "Filter Length"...
  • Page 607 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Example: SENS1:FILT:TYPE USER Selects user filter mode. :SENS1:FILT:SONC Activates the search for the optimum filter length. :SENS1:FILT:LENG? Returns the found optimum filter length. Response: 128 Usage: Event Manual operation: "Auto Once"...
  • Page 608 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Parameters: <Frequency> float *RST: 1 GHz Example: :SENS1:SOUR USER Selects user-defined source. :SENS1:FREQ 2.44GHz Sets the RF frequency of the source which is 2.44 GHz. Manual operation: "Frequency"...
  • Page 609 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SENSe, READ, INITiate and SLISt subsystems Example: :SENS1:POW:OFFS 0.4dB Sets a level offset of 0.4 dB :SENS1:POW:OFFS:STAT ON A level offset of 0.4 dB is added to the measured value. Manual operation: "Level Offset State,Level Offset"...

  • Page 610: Sconfiguration Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SCONfiguration subsystem :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SVERsion? Queries the software version of the connected R&S NRP power sensor. Return values: <SVersion> string Example: :SENS1:POW:SVER? Queries the software version of the power sensor. Usage: Query only :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:TYPE? Queries the sensor type. The type is automatically detected.
  • Page 611 The following common suffixes are used in the control commands: ● RF<ch> This suffix defines the RF connector. Since the R&S SMA100B has only one RF con- nector, the value range is [1] and using the suffix is optional. Example: Connecting and configuring external instruments The following example lists commands to connect and configure external instruments.

  • Page 612: External Instruments

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SCONfiguration subsystem 15.17.1 External instruments The following commands configure external instruments, e.g. frequency multiplier R&S SZM. Commands: ................612 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:ACONnect ............612 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:CONNect[:ALL] ............612 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:DISConnect[:ALL] ................612 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:PBEHaviour ..............613 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF<ch>:DIRection? ..........613 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF<ch>:RCONnection:STATe? ..............613...
  • Page 613 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SCONfiguration subsystem Manual operation: "Preset behavior: Keep connections to external instru- ments" on page 176 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF<ch>:DIRection? Queries the connector direction. Return values: <Direction> NONE | IN | OUT *RST: Example: Example"Connecting and configuring external instruments"...
  • Page 614 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SCONfiguration subsystem Example: Example"Connecting and configuring external instruments" on page 611 Usage: Query only Manual operation: "External Instrument" on page 178 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:REName Changes the symbolic name of the instrument. Usage: Setting only :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF<ch>:REMote:ISELect <InstrName>[, <RfPath>] Selects an external instrument for the selected connector.

  • Page 615: Source Subsystem

    178 "Hostname or IP Address" on page 178 "Device ID" on page 178 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:REMote:CLEan Removes all instruments not connected via USB cable to the R&S SMA100B from the "External Instrument" list. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Clean All" on page 178 :SCONfiguration:EXTernal:RF<ch>:REMote:CONNect...

  • Page 616: Analog Modulation Subsystems

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem ● SOURce:INPut subsystem..................709 ● SOURce:LFOutput subsystem................710 ● SOURce:LIST subsystem..................723 ● SOURce:NOISe subsystem.................. 735 ● SOURce:PGEN subsystem...................737 ● SOURce:PHASe subsystem................. 739 ● SOURce:POWer subsystem................. 739 ● SOURce:ROSCillator subsystem................754 ● SOURce:SWEep subsystem.................760 15.18.1 Analog modulation subsystems Option: see Chapter 5.1, "Required...
  • Page 617 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: SOURce1:AM1:DEPTh 30 SOURce1:AM1:SOURce LF1 SOURce1:AM1:STATe 1 SOURce1:FM1:DEViation 1000 SOURce1:FM1:STATe 1 // disable both modulation SOURce1:MODulation:ALL:STATe 0 SOURce1:AM1:STATe? // 0 SOURce1:FM1:STATe? // 0 // enable both modulation SOURce1:MODulation:ALL:STATe 1 SOURce1:AM1:STATe? // 1...
  • Page 618 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Using combined LF signals Using the internal LF generators of both paths, the following command sequences con- figure an amplitude modulated signal with determined deviations depths. // Configure the AM modulation settings with combined LF signal sources...
  • Page 619 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem // This value is assigned to the voltage value for full // modulation of the input. // Select the coupling mode AC for external amplitude modulation SOURce1:INPut:MODext:COUPling1 AC // For external AM signal input, adjust the sensitivity...
  • Page 620 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example"Creating an amplitude modulated RF signal" on page 617. Manual operation: "State" on page 84 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM<ch>:SOURce <Source> Selects the modulation source for amplitude modulation.
  • Page 621 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <DepthLin> float Range: 0 to 100 Increment: 0.1 *RST: Example: Example"Creating an amplitude modulated RF signal" on page 617. Similar to DEPTh. Manual operation: "Depth" on page 89 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM<ch>:DEPTh:EXPonential <DepthExp> Sets the depth of the exponential amplitude modulation in dB/volt.
  • Page 622 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <AmDepthSum> float Range: 0 to 100 Increment: 0.1 *RST: Example: Example"Using combined LF signals" on page 618. Manual operation: "Total Depth" on page 89 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:DEViation:MODE <AmDevMode> Selects the coupling mode. The coupling mode parameter also determines the mode for fixing the total depth.
  • Page 623 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Sensitivity> float Range: 0 to 100 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: Example"Using an external signal source" on page 618. Manual operation: "Sensitivity" on page 89 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM<ch>:SENSitivity[:LINear] <Sensitivity> LIN, sets the sensitivity of the external signal source [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:TYPE...
  • Page 624 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Perform chirp modulation Using the internal pulse generator, the following command sequence configures a chirp modulated RF signal. // Reset the instrument to start from an initial state *RST; *CLS // Set the RF signal frequency and level...
  • Page 625 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem ................626 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:PULSe:PERiod ................626 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:PULSe:WIDTh ..................626 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:STATe ..............627 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:TRIGger:IMMediate ................627 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:TRIGger:MODE [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:BANDwidth <Bandwidth> Sets the modulation bandwidth of the chirp modulated signal. Parameters: <Bandwidth> float Range: 0 to Depends on hardware variant Increment: 0.01...
  • Page 626 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <NumberOfPulses> integer Range: 1 to 32768 *RST: Example: Example"Perform chirp modulation" on page 624. [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:PULSe:PERiod <Period> Sets the period of the generated modulation chirp. The period determines the repetition frequency of the internal signal.
  • Page 627 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:TRIGger:IMMediate Immediately starts the chirp signal generation. Example: Example"Perform chirp modulation" on page 624. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Execute Single Trigger" on page 94 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:TRIGger:MODE <Mode> Selects the trigger mode for the chirp modulation signal.
  • Page 628 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem SOURce1:LFOutput1:STATe 1 OUTPut1:STATe 1 Example: Using combined LF signals Using the internal LF generators of both paths, the following command sequences con- figure a frequency modulated signal with determined deviations. // Configure the FM modulation settings with combined LF signal sources...
  • Page 629 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem // Response: 1000 // since the voltage value for full modulation is 1V, // the resulting sensitivity is precisely 5000 Hz/V. // Switch on FM and RF signal output SOURce1:FM1:STATe 1 OUTPut1:STATe 1 The following commands are available: ..................
  • Page 630 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Example"Creating a frequency modulated RF signal" on page 627. Manual operation: "Deviation" on page 84 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM<ch>:SOURce <Source> Selects the modulation source for frequency modulation. Suffix: FM<ch> Modulation signal channel. Parameters: <Source>...
  • Page 631 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Deviation Mode" on page 85 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:DEViation:SUM <FmDevSum> Sets the total deviation of the LF signal when using combined signal sources in fre- quency modulation. Parameters: <FmDevSum> float Range: 0 to 40E6 Increment: 0.01...
  • Page 632 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:SENSitivity? Queries the sensitivity of the externally supplied signal for frequency modulation. The sensitivity depends on the set modulation deviation. Return values: <Sensitivity> float Sensitivity in Hz/V. It is assigned to the voltage value for full modulation of the input.
  • Page 633 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem SOURce1:PM1:DEViation 1 SOURce1:PM1:SENSitivity? // Response: 1 // since the voltage value for full modulation is 1V, // the resulting sensitivity is precisely 1RAD/V. // Activate the signal output SOURce1:PM1:STATe 1 OUTPut1:STATe 1...
  • Page 634 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:PM<ch>:STATe <State> Activates phase modulation. Activation of phase modulation deactivates frequency modulation. Suffix: PM<ch> Sets the modulation signal channel. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example"Performing phase modulation"...
  • Page 635 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem HDEViation Sets the maximum range for ΦM deviation. LNOise Selects a phase modulation mode with phase noise and spuri- ous characteristics close to CW mode. *RST: HBANdwidth Example: Example"Performing phase modulation" on page 632.
  • Page 636 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Ratio> float Range: 0 to 100 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: Example"Performing phase modulation" on page 632. Manual operation: "Ratio Path2/Path1" on page 87 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:SENSitivity? Queries the sensitivity of the externally applied signal for phase modulation.
  • Page 637 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Pulse modulation settings With the commands described in this section, you can configure the settings for pulse modulation, select the trigger mode and determine delay times for the pulse modula- tion signal.
  • Page 638 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem ..................638 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:MODE ................638 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRIGger:MODE ........... 639 [:SOURce]:PULM[:INTernal][:TRAin]:TRIGger:IMMediate ..................639 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:PERiod ..................639 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:WIDTh ..................639 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:DELay ................640 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:DOUBle:DELay ................640 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:DOUBle:WIDTh ................640 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:DOUBle:STATe ..................640 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:STATe ..................640 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:SOURce ..................641 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TTYPe...
  • Page 639 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce]:PULM[:INTernal][:TRAin]:TRIGger:IMMediate If [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRIGger:MODESINGle, triggers the pulse generator. Example: Example"Perform pulse modulation" on page 637. Manual operation: "Execute Single Trigger" on page 101 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:PERiod <Period> Sets the period of the generated pulse, that means the repetition frequency of the inter- nally generated modulation signal.
  • Page 640 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:DOUBle:DELay <Delay> Sets the delay from the start of the first pulse to the start of the second pulse. Parameters: <Delay> float *RST: 1E-6 Example: Example"Perform pulse modulation" on page 637. Manual operation: "Double Pulse Delay"...
  • Page 641 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Source> INTernal | EXTernal *RST: INTernal Example: Example"Perform pulse modulation" on page 637. Manual operation: "Source" on page 81 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TTYPe <Source> Sets the transition mode for the pulse signal. Parameters: <Source>...
  • Page 642 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:THReshold <Threshold> Sets the threshold for the input signal at the [Pulse Ext] connector. Parameters: <Threshold> float Range: 0 to 2 Increment: 0.1 *RST: Default unit: V Example: SOURce:PULM:THReshold 1 Manual operation: "Threshold"...
  • Page 643 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem // Select the internal modulation generator and the pulse mode SOURce1:PULM:SOURce INT SOURce1:PULM:MODE PTR SOURce1:PULM:TRIGger:MODE EXT SOURce1:PGENerator:OUTPut:STATe 1 SOURce1:PGENerator:OUTPut:POLarity NORM SOURce:PGENerator:OUTPut:STATe 1 SOURce:PULM:STATe 1 OUTPut1:STATe 1 // SOURce1:PULM:TRAin:CATalog? // my_pt, pt // SOURce1:PULM:TRAin:DEL "/var/user/my_pt"...
  • Page 644 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:ONTime <OnTime> [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:OFFTime <OffTime> Enters the pulse on/off times values in the selected list. Parameters: <OffTime> Offtime#1{, Offtime#2, ...} | binary block data List of comma-separated numeric values or binary block data, where: The list of numbers can be of any length.
  • Page 645 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:SELect <Filename> Selects or creates a data list in pulse train mode. If the list with the selected name does not exist, a new list is created. Parameters: <Filename> string Filename or complete file path; file extension can be omitted.
  • Page 646 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Mode> IMPort | EXPort *RST: IMPort Example: "Pulse train data exchange" on page 645. Manual operation: "Mode" on page 106 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:AFILe:EXTension <Extension> Determines the extension of the ASCII file for import or export, or to query existing files.

  • Page 647: Avionic Standards Subsystems

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: "Pulse train data exchange" on page 645. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Select (ASCII) Source/Select (ASCII) Destination" on page 107 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:AFILe:SELect <Filename> Selects the ASCII file to be imported or exported.
  • Page 648 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Placeholder <Subsystem> To simplify the description of the remote control commands, the placeholder <Subsystem> is introduced. Depending on the avionic standard used as an entry standard, replace this placeholder <Subsystem> with for example SOURce:ADF for ADF.
  • Page 649 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem SOURce1:ADF:SETTing:DELete "/var/user/settings/adf_general" SOURce1:ADF:SETTing:CATalog? // adf_general_latest, adf_comid // Load the file "adf_general_latest.adf". SOURce1:ADF:SETTing:LOAD "/var/user/settings/adf_general_latest" // Activate ADF signal generation. SOURce1:ADF:STATe 1 Example: Configuring and generating a ADF signal SOURce1:ADF:PRESet // Configure ADF COM/ID settings.
  • Page 650 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem SOURce1:ILS:GS:LLOBe:FREQuency 150 SOURce1:ILS:GS:PHASe 0 // Configure ILS glide slope amplitude settings. SOURce1:ILS:GS:DDM:DIRection UP SOURce1:ILS:GS:SDM 80 SOURce1:ILS:GS:DDM:COUPling FIX SOURce1:ILS:GS:DDM:STEP DEC SOURce1:ILS:GS:DDM:CURRent 0 SOURce1:ILS:GS:DDM:DEPTh 0 SOURce1:ILS:GS:DDM:LOGarithmic 0 SOURce1:ILS:GS:DDM:PCT 0 // Activate ILS signal generation.
  • Page 651 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem // Configure ILS localizer COM/ID settings. SOURce1:ILS:LOCalizer:COMid:CODE "MUC" SOURce1:ILS:LOCalizer:COMid:PERiod 9 SOURce1:ILS:LOCalizer:COMid:FREQuency 1020 SOURce1:ILS:LOCalizer:COMid:DEPTh 10 SOURce1:ILS:LOCalizer:COMid:TSCHema USER SOURce1:ILS:LOCalizer:COMid:DOT 0.11 SOURce1:ILS:LOCalizer:COMid:DASH 0.29 SOURce1:ILS:LOCalizer:COMid:SYMBol 0.11 SOURce1:ILS:LOCalizer:COMid:LETTer 0.29 SOURce1:ILS:LOCalizer:COMid:STATe 1 // Activate ILS signal generation. SOURce1:ILS:STATe 1...
  • Page 652 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Configure and generate a VOR signal SOURce1:VOR:PRESet // Configure VOR general settings. SOURce1:VOR:FREQuency:MODE USER SOURce1:VOR:FREQuency 108000000 SOURce1:VOR:FREQuency:MODE ICAO SOURce1:VOR:ICAO:CHANnel? // Response: RCH17X SOURce1:VOR:SOURce? // Response: INT // Configure VOR signal settings.
  • Page 653 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem ................654 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:SETTing:DELete ................654 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:SETTing:DELete ..................654 <subsystem>:SETTing:LOAD ................654 [:SOURce<hw>]:ADF:SETTing:LOAD ................654 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:SETTing:LOAD ................654 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:SETTing:LOAD ..................654 <subsystem>:SETTing:STORe ................654 [:SOURce<hw>]:ADF:SETTing:STORe ................654 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:SETTing:STORe ................654 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:SETTing:STORe .......................654 <subsystem>:STATe ................... 654 [:SOURce<hw>]:ADF:STATe ..................... 654 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:STATe...
  • Page 654 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:SETTing:DELete <Filename> [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:SETTing:DELete <Filename> Deletes the selected file from the default or the specified directory. Deleted are files with extension *.adf/*.ils/*.vor. Setting parameters: <Filename> "<filename>" Filename or complete file path; file extension can be omitted Example: Example"Saving and recalling a configuration"...
  • Page 655 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example"Saving and recalling a configuration" on page 648. <subsystem>:FREQuency:SYNChronize:STATe [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:FREQuency:SYNChronize[:STATe] <Mode> [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:FREQuency:SYNChronize[:STATe] <Mode> Activates synchronization of the ILS localizer ICAO channel with the ILS glide slope ICAO channel.
  • Page 656 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem If no coding is set, the COM/ID tone is sent uncoded (key down). Parameters: <Code> string Example: Example"Configuring and generating a ADF signal" on page 649. Manual operation: "Code" on page 165 [:SOURce<hw>]:ADF:COMid:DASH <Dash>...
  • Page 657 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:ADF:COMid:FREQuency <Frequency> Sets the frequency of the COM/ID signal. Parameters: <Frequency> float Range: 0.1 to 20E3 Increment: 0.01 *RST: 1020 Example: Example"Configuring and generating a ADF signal" on page 649. Manual operation: "Frequency"...
  • Page 658 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Symbol> float Range: 50E-3 to 1 Increment: 1E-4 *RST: 100E-3 Example: Example"Configuring and generating a ADF signal" on page 649. Manual operation: "Symbol Space" on page 166 [:SOURce<hw>]:ADF:COMid:TSCHema <TSCHema> Sets the time schema of the Morse code for the COM/ID signal.
  • Page 659 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem ..............661 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM:PCT ............. 662 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM:POLarity ..............662 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM:STEP ..............662 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM[:DEPTh] ..............663 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:FREQuency ............663 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:FREQuency:MODE ........ 663 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:FREQuency:SYNChronize[:STATe] ............664 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:ICAO:CHANnel ............664 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:LLOBe[:FREQuency] ................ 665 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:MODE ............... 665 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:PHASe ................ 665 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:GS|GSLope:PRESet ................666...
  • Page 660 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem ............... 678 [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon:COMid:PERiod ...............678 [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon:COMid:SYMBol ............679 [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon:COMid:TSCHema ............... 679 [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon:COMid[:STATe] ..............679 [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon:FREQuency ............680 [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon:FREQuency:MODE ............680 [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon:MARKer:FREQuency ............680 [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon[:MARKer]:DEPTh ................680 [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon:PRESet ............681 [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon[:MARKer]:PULSed [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:TYPE <Type> Selects the ILS modulation type.
  • Page 661 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Example"Configure and generate an ILS glide slope signal" on page 649. Manual operation: "DDM Current" on page 146 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM:DIRection <Direction> Sets the simulation mode for the ILS glide slope modulation signal. A change of the setting automatically changes the sign of the DDM value.
  • Page 662 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Pct> float Range: -80.0 to 80.0 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: Example"Configure and generate an ILS glide slope signal" on page 649. Manual operation: "DDM Percent" on page 147 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM:POLarity <Polarity> Sets the polarity for DDM calculation (see [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:...
  • Page 663 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem A variation of the DDM value automatically leads to a variation of the DDM value in dB and the value of the instrument current. Parameters: <Depth> float Range: -0.8 to 0.8 Increment: 1E-4...
  • Page 664 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem The ILS glide slope/localizer frequency of the ICAO channel (Table 6-2) is set automat- ically. Parameters: <Mode> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: Example"Configure and generate an ILS glide slope signal"...
  • Page 665 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:MODE <Mode> Sets the operating mode for the ILS glide slope modulation signal. Parameters: <Mode> NORM | ULOBe | LLOBe NORM ILS glide slope modulation is active. ULOBe Amplitude modulation of the output signal with the upper lobe (90Hz) signal component of the ILS glide slope signal is active.
  • Page 666 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:SDM <Sdm> Sets the arithmetic sum of the modulation depths of the upper lobe (90 Hz) and lower lobe (150 Hz) for the ILS glide slope signal contents. The RMS modulation depth of the sum signal depends on the phase setting of both modulation tones.
  • Page 667 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:COMid:CODE <Code> Sets the coding of the COM/ID signal by the international short name of the airport (e.g. MUC for the Munich airport). The COM/ID tone is sent according to the selected code, see Chapter D, "Morse code...
  • Page 668 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Dot> float Range: 0.05 to 1 Increment: 1E-4 *RST: Example: Example"Configure and generate an ILS localizer signal" on page 650. Manual operation: "Dot Length" on page 156 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:COMid:FREQuency <Frequency> Sets the frequency of the COM/ID signal.
  • Page 669 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Example"Configure and generate an ILS localizer signal" on page 650. Manual operation: "Period" on page 155 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:COMid:SYMBol <Symbol> Sets the length of the Morse code symbol space. Parameters: <Symbol> float Range: 0.05 to 1...
  • Page 670 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "COM/ID State" on page 155 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:DDM:COUPling <Coupling> Selects if the DDM value is fixed or is changed with a change of sum of modulation depths (SDM, see on page 675).
  • Page 671 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem *RST: LEFT Example: Example"Configure and generate an ILS localizer signal" on page 650. Manual operation: "Fly Mode" on page 152 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:DDM:LOGarithmic <Logarithmic> Sets the modulation depth in dB for ILS localizer modulation.
  • Page 672 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem DDM = [ AM (150 Hz) - AM (90 Hz) ] / 100% Parameters: <Polarity> P90_150 | P150_90 *RST: P90_150 Example: Example"Configure and generate an ILS localizer signal" on page 650. Manual operation: "DDM polarity"...
  • Page 673 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <CarrierFreq> float Range: 100E3 to 6E9 Increment: 0.01 *RST: 108.1E6 Example: Example"Configure and generate an ILS localizer signal" on page 650. Manual operation: "Carrier Frequency" on page 148 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:FREQuency:MODE <IlsLocFreqMode> Sets the mode for the carrier frequency of the signal.
  • Page 674 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem The ICAO channel settings for ILS glide slope/localizer components are coupled. For an overview of the ILS ICAO channel frequencies, see Table 6-2. Parameters: <SelIcaoChan> CH18X | CH18Y | CH20X | CH20Y | CH22X | CH22Y | CH24X |...
  • Page 675 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Operating Mode" on page 150 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:PHASe <Phase> Sets the phase between the modulation signals of the left and right antenna lobe of the ILS localizer signal. The zero crossing of the right lobe (150Hz) signal serves as a reference. The angle refers to the period of the signal of the right antenna lobe.
  • Page 676 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem The RMS modulation depth of the sum signal depends on the phase setting of both modulation tones. Parameters: <Sdm> float Range: 0 to 100 Increment: 0.1 *RST: Example: Example"Configure and generate an ILS localizer signal"...
  • Page 677 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon:COMid:DASH <Dash> Sets the length of a Morse code dash. Parameters: <Dash> float Range: 0.05 to 1 Increment: 1E-4 *RST: Example: Example"Configure and generate an ILS marker beacons signal" on page 651.
  • Page 678 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Frequency> float Range: 0.1 to 20E3 Increment: 0.01 *RST: 1020 Example: Example"Configure and generate an ILS marker beacons signal" on page 651. Manual operation: "Frequency" on page 160 [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon:COMid:LETTer <Letter> Sets the length of a Morse code letter space.
  • Page 679 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Example"Configure and generate an ILS marker beacons signal" on page 651. Manual operation: "Symbol Space" on page 161 [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon:COMid:TSCHema <Tschema> Sets the time schema of the Morse code for the COM/ID signal.
  • Page 680 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Carrier Frequency" on page 157 [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon:FREQuency:MODE <Mode> Sets the carrier frequency mode of the ILS marker beacon signal. Parameters: <Mode> USER | PREDefined *RST: USER Example: Example"Configure and generate an ILS marker beacons signal"...
  • Page 681 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Usage: Event [:SOURce<hw>][:ILS]:MBEacon[:MARKer]:PULSed <Pulsed> Activates the modulation of a pulsed marker signal (morse coding). Parameters: <Pulsed> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example"Configure and generate an ILS marker beacons signal"...
  • Page 682 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem If external modulation source is set, the external signal is added to the internal signal. Switching off the internal modulation source is not possible. Parameters: <VorSourceSel> INT | EXT | INT,EXT Internal modulation source is used.
  • Page 683 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Direction" on page 132 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:COMid:CODE <Code> Sets the coding of the COM/ID signal by the international short name of the airport (e.g. MUC for the Munich airport). The COM/ID tone is sent according to the selected code, see Chapter D, "Morse code...
  • Page 684 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem If the is set to standard, the dash length (= 3 times dot length), symbol time schema space (= dot length) and letter space (= 3 times dot length) is also determined by this entry.
  • Page 685 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Period> float Range: 0 to 120 Increment: 1E-3 *RST: Example: Example"Configure and generate a VOR signal" on page 652. Manual operation: "Period" on page 134 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:COMid:SYMBol <Symbol> Sets the length of the Morse code symbol space.
  • Page 686 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example"Configure and generate a VOR signal" on page 652. Manual operation: "COM/ID State" on page 133 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:FREQuency <CarrierFreq> Sets the carrier frequency of the signal.
  • Page 687 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Channel> CH17X | CH17Y | CH19X | CH19Y | CH21X | CH21Y | CH23X | CH23Y | CH25X | CH25Y | CH27X | CH27Y | CH29X | CH29Y | CH31X | CH31Y | CH33X | CH33Y | CH35X | CH35Y | CH37X |...
  • Page 688 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem SUBCarrier Amplitude modulation of the output signal with the unmodulated FM carrier (9960Hz) of the VOR signal. The modulation depth of the 30 Hz signal can be set with SOURce<hw>]:VOR:SUBCarrier:DEPTh. FMSubcarrier Amplitude modulation of the output signal with the frequency modulated FM carrier (9960Hz) of the VOR signal.

  • Page 689: Source:correction Subsystem

    You can acquire the correction values anytime, regardless of the modulation settings of the generator. During correction, the R&S SMA100B adds the correction values to the output level of the respective RF frequency. User Manual 1178.3834.02 ─ 12...
  • Page 690 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Determine the correction values in one of the following ways: ● Measure the RF output level at several frequency points and enter the value pairs manually in a table ● Connect an R&S NRP to the generator output signal and send the command SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA[:SENSor<ch>][:POWer]:SONCe...
  • Page 691 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem // Query the currently used correction value SOURce1:CORRection:VALue? // -2.5 // Delete a user correction file SOURce1:CORRection:CSET:DELEte "/var/user/ucor1.uco" Example: To fill user correction data with a sensor The following example shows a command sequence to fill a user correction list auto- matically supported by a connected R&S NRP.
  • Page 692 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem // Select source and destination SOURce1:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:SELect "/var/user/ucor2ASCII" // Export the user correction data into the ASCII file SOURce1:CORRection:DEXChange:MODE EXPort SOURce1:CORRection:DEXChange:EXECute // Query the available ASCII files with extension .csv SOURce1:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:CATalog? // ucor2ASCII,my_ucor...
  • Page 693 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA:FREQuency:POINts? [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA:POWer:POINts? Queries the number of frequency/level values in the selected table. Return values: <Points> integer Range: 0 to 10000 *RST: Example: Example"To create RF level correction values" on page 690 .
  • Page 694 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Example"To create RF level correction values" on page 690 . Usage: Query only Manual operation: "User Correction" on page 239 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:ZERoing:STATe <State> Activates the zeroing procedure before filling the user correction data acquired by a sensor.
  • Page 695 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Return values: <Catalog> string List of list filenames, separated by commas Example: Example"To create RF level correction values" on page 690 . Usage: Query only Manual operation: "UCOR Data" on page 239 "Directory, File List and Filename"...
  • Page 696 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Extension> TXT | CSV *RST: Example: Example"To export user correction lists" on page 691 . Manual operation: "ASCII File Settings" on page 106 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:SELect <Filename> Selects the ASCII file to be imported or exported.

  • Page 697: Source:efrontend Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Usage: Event Manual operation: "Import / Export" on page 107 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:MODE <Mode> Determines import or export of a user correction list. Specify the source or destination file with the command [:SOURce<hw>]: CORRection:DEXChange:SELect.
  • Page 698 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Configuring external frontend cable correction // Query available cable correction files. SOURce1:EFRontend:ALIGnment:FILE:CATalog? // Select a cable correction file stored on the instrument. SOURce1:EFRontend:ALIGnment:FILE:SELect "/var/user/ExtFrontend/CableCorrectionFiles/ if_default_cable_1347_7552_00.s2p" // Query upper and lower frequency range of the IF correction data.
  • Page 699 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:EFRontend:OPT? Option identification query Queries the options included in the external frontend. For more information, refer to the specifications document. Return values: <OptString> string The query returns a list of options. The options are returned at fixed positions in a comma-separated string.

  • Page 700: Source:frequency Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Filename> string Example: Example"Configuring external frontend cable correction" on page 698. Manual operation: "Load Cable Correction File" on page 183 [:SOURce<hw>]:EFRontend:ALIGnment[:STATe] <CableCorrState> Activates correction of the IF signal for different IF signal frequencies.
  • Page 701 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Setting a phase continuous frequency range SOURce1:FREQuency:CW 502000000 SOURce1:FREQuency:PHASE:MODE NARR SOURce1:FREQuency:PHASe:CONTinuous:STATe 1 ****************************************** // Query the frequency range SOURce1:FREQuency:PHASe:CONTinuous:LOW? // Response: 49370890 SOURce1:FREQuency:PHASe:CONTinuous:HIGh? // Response: 50421376 ****************************************** // Vary the frequency. Within the specified range the signal is phase continuous.
  • Page 702 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem SWEep Sets sweep mode. The instrument processes frequency (and level) settings in defined sweep steps. Set the range and current frequency with the commands: on page 705 and [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STARt on page 706, SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STOP...
  • Page 703 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem ● In user mode (FREQ:STEP:MODE USER), you can vary the current frequency step by step. Parameters: <Fixed> float The following settings influence the value range: An offset set with the command [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:...
  • Page 704 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem STARt is set with [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STARt STOP is set with [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STOP OFFSet is set with [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:OFFSet Range: (STARt + OFFSet) to (STOP + OFFSet) Increment: 0.01Hz *RST: 100 MHz Default unit: Hz Example: Example"Setup an RF frequency or power sweep"...
  • Page 705 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Example"Frequency configuration" on page 700 Manual operation: "Offset" on page 69 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:CENTer <Center> Sets the center frequency of the sweep. Chapter 8.2.1, "Correlating parameters in sweep mode", on page 195. Parameters: <Center>...
  • Page 706 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Start Frequency/Stop Frequency" on page 208 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STOP <Stop> Sets the stop frequency range for the RF sweep. Chapter 8.2.1, "Correlating parameters in sweep mode", on page 195. Parameters: <Stop> float...
  • Page 707 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Increment> float Range: 0 Hz to RFmax - 100 kHz Increment: 0.01 Hz *RST: Example: Example"Frequency configuration" on page 700 Manual operation: "Variation Step" on page 70 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:PLL:MODE <Mode> Selects the PLL (Phase Locked Loop) bandwidth of the main synthesizer.
  • Page 708 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem The minimum frequency of the frequency range depends on the mode selected with the command [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:PHASe:CONTinuous:MODE. Return values: <Low> float Range: 1E5 to 6E9 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: Hz Example: Example"Setting a phase continuous frequency range"...

  • Page 709: Source:input Subsystem

    R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Note: Restricted structure of command line. In phase continuous mode, the R&S SMA100B only processes the first command of a command line and ignores further commands if they are on the same line. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF...

  • Page 710: Source:lfoutput Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Impedance> G50 | G600 | HIGH G50 = 50 Ohm to ground G600 = 600 Ohm to ground HIGH = 100 kOhm to ground *RST: HIGH Example: [:SOURce<hw>]:INPut:MODext:COUPling<ch> on page 709.
  • Page 711 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem // Alternatively to the step width set the number of steps SOURce1:LFOutput1:SWEep:FREQuency:POINts 61 // Activate change to start frequency while waiting for next trigger // Prerequisites: sweep mode single and sweep waveform sawtooth...
  • Page 712 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem // SOURce1:LFOutput2:SHAPe:TRAPeze:RISE 0.0001 // SOURce1:LFOutput2:SHAPe:TRAPeze:FALL 0.001 // SOURce1:LFOutput2:SHAPe:TRAPeze:FALL 0.0001 // SOURce1:LFOutput2:SHAPe:TRAPeze:HIGH 0.0005 // SOURce1:LFOutput2:SHAPe TRI // SOURce1:LFOutput2:SHAPe:PULSe:PERiod 0.1 // SOURce1:LFOutput2:SHAPe:TRIangle:RISE 0.0001 // activate the LF output and select the LF1 as signal source...
  • Page 713 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Return values: <Bandwidth> BW0M2 | BW10m *RST: BW10m Example: LFO:BAND? // BW10m // the bandwidth of the externally supplied LF signal is 10 MHz Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Bandwidth" on page 116 [:SOURce]:LFOutput<ch>:FREQuency <Frequency>...
  • Page 714 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:MANual <Manual> Sets the frequency of the subsequent sweep step if LFO:SWE:MODE MAN. Use a separate command for each sweep step. Parameters: <Manual> float You can select any value within the setting range, where: STARt is set with [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:...
  • Page 715 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Start> float Range: 0.1 Hz to 1 MHz Increment: 0.1 *RST: 1 KHz Example: Example"Setup an LF sweep" on page 710. Manual operation: "Start Frequency/Stop Frequency" on page 208 [:SOURce]:LFOutput<ch>[:STATe] <State>...
  • Page 716 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Example"Configuring the LF generator" on page 711. Manual operation: "DC-Offset" on page 118 [:SOURce]:LFOutput<ch>:SOURce <Source> Determines the LF signal to be synchronized, when monitoring is enabled. Parameters: <Source> LF1 | LF2 | NOISe | AM | FMPM | EXT1 | | EXT2 LF1|LF2 Selects an internally generated LF signal.
  • Page 717 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe <Shape> Selects the waveform shape of the LF signal. Parameters: <Shape> SINE | SQUare | PULSe | TRIangle | TRAPeze *RST: SINE Example: Example"Configuring the LF generator" on page 711. Options: R&S SMAB-K24...
  • Page 718 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Example"Configuring the LF generator" on page 711. Manual operation: "Pulse Width" on page 114 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:TRAPeze:FALL <Fall> Selects the fall time for the trapezoid shape of the LF generator. Parameters: <Fall> float...
  • Page 719 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Rise> float Range: 1E-6 to 100 Increment: 10E-9 *RST: 250E-6 Example: Example"Configuring the LF generator" on page 711. Manual operation: "Trapezoid Rise / Fall" on page 114 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:TRIangle:PERiod <Period> Sets the period of the generated pulse. The period determines the repetition frequency of the internal signal.
  • Page 720 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem ..........722 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SPACing ........722 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP:LOGarithmic ........722 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP[:LINear] [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:DWELl <Dwell> Sets the dwell time for each frequency step of the sweep. Parameters: <Dwell> float Range: 0.001 to 100 Increment: 100E-6 *RST: 0.01...
  • Page 721 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem STEP Each trigger command triggers one sweep step only. The frequency increases by the value set with the coammnds: [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP[: (linear spacing) LINear] [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP: LOGarithmic(logarithmic spacing) *RST: AUTO Example: Example"Setup an LF sweep"...
  • Page 722 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SHAPe <Shape> Sets the cycle mode for a sweep sequence (shape). Parameters: <Shape> SAWTooth | TRIangle *RST: SAWTooth Example: Example"Setup an LF sweep" on page 710. Manual operation: "Shape" on page 205 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SPACing <Spacing>...

  • Page 723: Source:list Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Linear> float Range: 0.1 to STOP-STARt Increment: 0.1 *RST: 1000 Example: Example"Setup an LF sweep" on page 710. Manual operation: "Step Linear/Step Logarithmic" on page 209 15.18.8 SOURce:LIST subsystem The SOURce:LIST subsystem contains all commands for defining lists and for han- dling of list files.
  • Page 724 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem // 7 SOUR1:LIST:FREE? // 2147483647 (bytes of free memory) // Use dwell times from list // Configure the list mode parameters // Enable RF output SOUR1:LIST:MODE AUTO SOUR1:LIST:TRIG:SOUR AUTO SOUR1:LIST:DWEL:MODE "LIST" OUTP1:STAT ON...
  • Page 725 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem OUTP2:STAT ON SOUR2:FREQ:MODE LIST SOUR2:LIST:IND? // 2 // value canges when the value is queried again // Deactivate the list mode SOUR1:FREQ:MODE CW Example: List mode data exchange The following example shows a command sequence to export a list (here the RF list created with the example before) into an ASCII file.
  • Page 726 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem ..................726 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DWELl ................726 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DWELl:MODE ...................727 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DWELl:LIST ..............727 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DWELl:LIST:POINts? ................... 727 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:FREQuency ..............728 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:FREQuency:POINts? ....................728 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:INDex ................. 728 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:INDex:STARt ..................728 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:INDex:STOP ...................728 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:MODE ..................729 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:POWer ................729 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:POWer:POINts? ................730 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:TRIGger:EXECute ................
  • Page 727 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DWELl:LIST <Dwell> Enters the dwell time values in the selected list in µs. Parameters: <Dwell> <Dwell#1>{, <Dwell#2>, ...} | block data You can either enter the data as a list of numbers, or as binary block data.
  • Page 728 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:FREQuency:POINts? Queries the number (points) of frequency entries in the seleced list. Return values: <Points> integer Range: 0 to INT_MAX *RST: Example: Example"Create an RF list and activate the list mode" on page 723.
  • Page 729 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem The instrument processes the list according to the selected mode and trigger source. for the description of the trigger LIST:TRIG:SOUR AUTO, SING or EXT source settings. Parameters: <Mode> AUTO | STEP AUTO Each trigger event triggers a complete list cycle.
  • Page 730 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:TRIGger:EXECute Starts the processing of a list in list mode. Example: Example"Create an RF list and activate the list mode" on page 723. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Execute Single"...
  • Page 731 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:RUNNing? Queries the current state of the list mode. Return values: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF Signal generation based on the list mode is active. Example: Example"Create an RF list and activate the list mode"...
  • Page 732 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DELete:ALL Deletes all lists in the set directory. This command can only be executed, if: ● No list file is selected. ● List mode is disabled. Example: SOUR1:LIST:CAT? // list,my_list SOUR1:LIST:DEL "/var/user/list1"...
  • Page 733 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:SELect <Filename> Selects or creates a data list in list mode. If the list with the selected name does not exist, a new list is created. Parameters: <Filename> string Filename or complete file path; file extension can be omitted.
  • Page 734 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Import / Export" on page 107 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:AFILe:EXTension <Extension> Determines the extension of the ASCII file for import or export, or to query existing files. Parameters: <Extension> TXT | CSV *RST: Example: Example"List mode data exchange"...

  • Page 735: Source:noise Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:MODE <Mode> Determines the import or export of a list. Specify the source or destination file with the command [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST: DEXChange:SELect. Parameters: <Mode> IMPort | EXPort *RST: IMPort Example: Example"List mode data exchange"...
  • Page 736 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem 15.18.9.1 Noise generator ..............736 [:SOURce<hw>]:NOISe:BANDwidth|BWIDth ................736 [:SOURce<hw>]:NOISe:BWIDth:STATe ................736 [:SOURce<hw>]:NOISe:DISTribution ................. 736 [:SOURce<hw>]:NOISe:LEVel:RELative? ...............737 [:SOURce<hw>]:NOISe:LEVel[:ABSolute]? [:SOURce<hw>]:NOISe:BANDwidth|BWIDth <BWidth> Sets the noise level in the system bandwidth when bandwidth limitation is enabled. Parameters: <BWidth>...

  • Page 737: Source:pgen Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Return values: <Relative> float Range: -149.18 to -52.67 Increment: 0.1 *RST: -69.84 Example: Example"Configuring the noise generator" on page 735. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Noise Density" on page 119 [:SOURce<hw>]:NOISe:LEVel[:ABSolute]? Queries the level of the noise signal in the system bandwidth within the enabled band- width limitation.
  • Page 738 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem ..............738 [:SOURce<hw>]:PGENerator:OUTPut:POLarity ..............738 [:SOURce<hw>]:PGENerator:OUTPut[:STATe] ................738 [:SOURce<hw>]:PGENerator:STATe [:SOURce<hw>]:PGENerator:OUTPut:POLarity <Polarity> Sets the polarity of the pulse output signal. Parameters: <Polarity> NORMal | INVerted NORMal Outputs the pulse signal during the pulse width, that means dur- ing the high state.

  • Page 739: Source:phase Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem 15.18.11 SOURce:PHASe subsystem This subsystem contains the commands for adjusting the phase of the RF output signal relative to a reference signal of the same frequency. Example: Programming Example // change the phase relative to the current phase...
  • Page 740 The example shows a command sequence to configure the parameters for a closed loop power control setup. It is assumed that you have set up the measurement with the amplifier, external coupler, the power sensor and the R&S SMA100B as described in Chapter 9.4.4, "NRP power control",...
  • Page 741 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem // that is e.g., connected to a second USB interface SOURce1:POWer:SPC:SELect SENS2 // Configure the nrp power control settings // use the measured peak power for power control // set the unit dBm for the target level value // set the target level, e.g.
  • Page 742 0|OFF Provided only for backward compatibility with other Rohde & Schwarz signal generators. The R&S SMA100B accepts these values and maps them auto- matically as follows: 0|OFF = OFFTable ONTable Starts with the attenuation setting from the table and continues with automatic level control.
  • Page 743 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC:DSENsitivity <Sensitivity> Sets the sensitivity of the ALC detector. Parameters: <Sensitivity> AUTO | FIXed AUTO Selects the optimum sensitivity automatically. FIXed Fixes the internal level detector. *RST: AUTO Example: POW:ALC:DSEN FIX Manual operation: "Detector Sensitivity"...
  • Page 744 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC:SONCe Activates level control for correction purposes temporarily. Example: POW:ALC OFF Deactivates automatic level control at the RF output. POW:ALC:SONC Executes level control (once). Usage: Event Manual operation: "Readjust" on page 74 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ATTenuation:PATTenuator <StepAttSel>...
  • Page 745 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: n.a. (factory preset: 0) Example: POW:EMF:STAT 1 Activates voltage level display. Manual operation: "Display Level as Voltage of EMF" on page 369 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:LBEHaviour <Behaviour>...
  • Page 746 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem You can select any level within the setting range, where: STARt is set with [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STARt STOP is set with [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STOP OFFSet is set with [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer[:LEVel][: IMMediate]:OFFSet Range: (STARt + OFFSet) to (STOP + OFFSet) Increment: 0.01...
  • Page 747 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Parameters: <Power> float Level at the RF output, without level offset Range: See specifications document. Increment: 0.01 Default unit: dBm Example: SOURce1:POWer:POWer 15 // sets the level at the RF output. Manual operation: "Amplitude"...
  • Page 748 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Example"Configure the settings for NRP power control" on page 740 Manual operation: "Catch Range +/-" on page 257 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:SPC:DELay <PowCntrlDelay> Sets a waiting time for the generator to adjust the output level. After the delay time has elapsed, the power sensor measures the next value.
  • Page 749 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:SPC:PEAK <PowCntrlPeak> Activates power control by means of the peak power values, provided the power sen- sor supports this function. Parameters: <PowCntrlPeak> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: Example"Configure the settings for NRP power control"...
  • Page 750 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:SPC:WARNing? Queries if the activated power control works properly. If the power control does not work, the query returns warning state 1. On the screen, the R&S SMA100B indicates a warning icon. Return values: <WarningState> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF...
  • Page 751 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STEP[:INCRement] <Increment> Specifies the step width in the appropriate path for POW:STEP:MODE USER. To adjust the level step-by-step with this increment value, use the command POW UP, or POW DOWN. Note: The command also sets "Variation Step" in the manual control, that means the user-defined step width for setting the level with the rotary knob or the [Up/Down] arrow keys.
  • Page 752 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:RCL <Rcl> Determines whether the current level is retained or if the stored level setting is adopted when an instrument configuration is loaded. Parameters: <Rcl> INCLude | EXCLude INCLude Takes the current level when an instrument configuration is loa- ded.
  • Page 753 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: See also on page 750. [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STEP:MODE Manual operation: "Amplitude" on page 71 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:REFLevel <ReferenceLevel> Queries the reference level of the user correction. The reference level is the sum of the amplitude and the level offset, set with the com- mands [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:POWer [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer[:LEVel][:...

  • Page 754: Source:roscillator Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: SOURce1:POWer:RANGe:MIN? // -90 SOURce1:POWer:RANGe:MAX? // 8 Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Sweep Level Range" on page 212 [:SOURce]:POWer:WIGNore <State> Ignores level range warnings. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: n.a.
  • Page 755 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Configuring the reference oscillator // Using 100 MHz external reference source SOURce:ROSCillator:PRESet SOURce:ROSCillator:SOURce EXT SOURce:ROSCillator:EXTernal:RFOFf:STATe 1 SOURce:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency 100MHZ SOURce:ROSCillator:EXTernal:SBANdwidth WIDE // 100 MHz (loop through) and 1 GHz output SOURce:ROSCillator:OUTPut:FREQuency:MODE LOOP...
  • Page 756 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem ..........759 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:OUTPut:ALTernate:FREQuency:MODE .............. 759 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator[:INTernal]:ADJust:VALue .............760 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator[:INTernal]:ADJust[:STATe] [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:PRESet Resets the reference oscillator settings. Example: Example"Configuring the reference oscillator" on page 755. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Set to Default" on page 319 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:SOURce <Source>...
  • Page 757 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:RFOFf[:STATe] <State> Determines that the RF output is turned off when the external reference signal is selected, but missing. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: n.a. (factory preset: 0) Example: Example"Configuring the reference oscillator"...
  • Page 758 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem For more information, refer to the specifications document. Parameters: <SBandwidth> WIDE | NARRow NARRow The synchronization bandwidth is a few Hz. WIDE Uses the widest possible synchronization bandwidth. *RST: n.a. (factory preset: WIDE) Example: Example"Configuring the reference oscillator"...
  • Page 759 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem DER10M|DER100M Sets the output reference frequency to 10 MHz or 100 MHz. The reference frequency is derived from the internal reference frequency. LOOPthrough This option is unavailable for ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency 1GHZ. Forwards the input reference frequency to the reference frequency output.

  • Page 760: Source:sweep Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce]:ROSCillator[:INTernal]:ADJust[:STATe] <State> Determines whether the calibrated (off) or a user-defined (on) adjustment value is used for fine adjustment of the frequency. Parameters: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF Fine adjustment with the calibrated frequency value User-defined adjustment value.
  • Page 761 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem // Reset the instrument to start from an initial state // Switch off display update to improve performance // (especially with short dwell times) // Set the sweep mode (first two commands) and the sweep range...
  • Page 762 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem // Activate RF Output1. Output1:STATe 1 // Input the frequency manually for each step SOURce1:FREQuency:MANual 200 MHz SOURce1:FREQuency:MANual 201 MHz // Alternatively use the UP or DOWN commands with the set step width.
  • Page 763 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem // Query blanked frequency points SOURce1:SWEep:FREQuency:ANALog:SWPoints? // 8500,10000,12000,17000,100000,1000000,8000000,12500000, // ...,75000000000,80000000000,150000000000,300000000000 ....................... 763 :SWEep:TYPE ................764 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:DWELl ................764 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:GENeration ................764 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:MODE ................765 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:POINts ............765 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:SPACing:MODE? ............765 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:STEP[:LOGarithmic] ..........766 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:ANALog:SWPoints? ..............766 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:DWELl...
  • Page 764 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:DWELl <Dwell> Sets the dwell time for a level sweep step. Parameters: <Dwell> float Range: 0.001 to 100 Increment: 100E-6 *RST: 0.01 Example: Example"Setup an RF frequency or power sweep" on page 760.
  • Page 765 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem STEP Each trigger triggers one sweep step only. The level increases by the value entered with [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STEP[: INCRement]. *RST: AUTO Example: Example"Setup an RF frequency or power sweep" on page 760. Manual operation: "Mode"...
  • Page 766 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:ANALog:SWPoints? Queries blank points during the RF frequency sweep in ramp sweep mode. At certain switchover frequency points, the R&S SMA100B shortly blanks the RF signal to adjust the settings accordingly. This query returns all blanked frequency points within the entire frequency range, regardless of the set frequency sweep range.
  • Page 767 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem MANual The trigger system is not active. You can trigger every step indi- vidually by input of the frequencies with the command SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:MANual. STEP Each trigger event triggers one sweep step. The frequency increases by the value entered with [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:...
  • Page 768 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem LOGarithmic Sets a constant fraction of the current frequency as step width and adds it to the current frequency. The logarithmic step width is entered in %, see SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP:LOGarithmic. *RST: LINear Example: Example"Setup an RF frequency or power sweep"...
  • Page 769 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Example: Example"Setup an RF frequency or power sweep" on page 760. Manual operation: "Retrace" on page 204 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:RUNNing? [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:RUNNing? Queries the current sweep state. Return values: <State> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF Example: Example"Setup an RF frequency or power sweep"...
  • Page 770 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Manual operation: "Step Linear/Step Logarithmic" on page 209 [:SOURce<hw>]:COMBined:FREQuency:STARt <CombFreqStart> Sets the start frequency of the combined RF frequency / level sweep. Chapter 8.2.1, "Correlating parameters in sweep mode", on page 195.
  • Page 771 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:COMBined:POWer:STOP <CombPowStop> Sets the stop level value of the combined RF frequency / level sweep. Parameters: <CombPowStop> float Range: -245 to 120 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: Example"Setup an RF frequency or power sweep"...
  • Page 772 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem The command triggers one single sweep manually. Therefore, you can use it in manual sweep mode, selected with the command [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:COMBined:MODE > MANual. Example: Example"Setup an RF frequency or power sweep" on page 760.
  • Page 773 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:COMBined:SHAPe <Shape> Selects the waveform shape for the combined frequency / level sweep sequence. Parameters: <Shape> SAWTooth | TRIangle *RST: SAWTooth Example: Example"Setup an RF frequency or power sweep" on page 760.
  • Page 774 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SOURce subsystem Options: R&S SMAB-B28 Manual operation: "Marker Polarity" on page 215 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:MARKer:ACTive <Active> Defines the marker signal to be output with a higher voltage than all other markers. Parameters: <Active> NONE | M01 | M02 | M03 | M04 | M05 | M06 | M07 | M08 | M09 |...

  • Page 775: System Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem Suffix: <ch> 1 to 10 Marker Parameters: <FState> 1 | ON | 0 | OFF *RST: Example: [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:MARKer<ch>: on page 774. FREQuency Options: R&S SMAB-B28 Manual operation: "State" on page 214 15.19 SYSTem subsystem The SYSTem subsystem contains a series of commands for general functions which do not directly affect signal generation.
  • Page 776 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress:MODE STAT SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress "10.113.0.104" SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress:DNS "10.0.2.166" SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:COMMon:HOSTname? // "SMA100B-102030" SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:COMMon:WORKgroup "instrument" SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:COMMon:DOMain "rsint.net" SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress:GATeway "10.113.0.1" SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress:SUBNet:MASK "255.255.252.0" SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:MACaddress "08 00 27 a3 a1 70" SYSTem:PROTection1:STATe 1 Example: Restarting the network SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:RESTart // terminates the network connection and sets it up again...
  • Page 777 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem Use the commands in Example"To disable the LAN interface and LAN services" on page 777 to disable or enable the LAN interface and LAN interface services individually. a) For the first parameter of the command, enter the security password of your instrument.
  • Page 778 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem Example: Configuring date and time // Query the date and time setting of the instrument // Query the current timezone and setting SYSTem:DATE? // Response: 2023,1,16;1 SYSTem:TIME? // Response: 18,15,17;1 SYStem:TIME:ZONE? // Response: "";1...
  • Page 779 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem ..............788 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:RESource? ..............788 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:RESTart ..............789 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:STATus? ............. 789 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:COMMon]:DOMain ..........789 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:COMMon]:HOSTname ..........789 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:COMMon]:WORKgroup ............790 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:IPADdress]:DNS ..........790 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:IPADdress]:GATeway ..........790 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:IPADdress]:SUBNet:MASK ................790 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:BAUD ................791 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity ..............791 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:RESource? ................791 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:SBITs ..............791...
  • Page 780 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem ..................802 :SYSTem:TIME:ZONE:CATalog? ....................802 :SYSTem:TIME:PROTocol ......................803 :SYSTem:UPTime? ....................803 :SYSTem:BIOS:VERSion? .......................803 :SYSTem:VERSion? ......................803 :SYSTem:OSYStem? .................. 804 :SYSTem:MMEMory:PATH:USER? ......................804 :SYSTem:DFPRint ......................804 :SYSTem:REBoot ......................805 :SYSTem:RESTart ..................... 805 :SYSTem:SHUTdown ......................805 :SYSTem:WAIT .................805 :SYSTem:FILes:TEMPorary:DELete :SYSTem:ERRor:ALL? Queries the error/event queue for all unread items and removes them from the queue.
  • Page 781 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem Positive value Positive error numbers denote device-specific errors Negative value Negative error numbers denote error messages defined by SCPI. Example: SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL? // queries all entries in the error queue. Response: 0 // no errors have occurred since the error queue was last read out.
  • Page 782 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem :SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? Queries the error/event queue for the oldest item and removes it from the queue. Return values: <Next> string Error/event_number,"Error/event_description>[;Device-depend- ent info]" Error number and a short description of the error. If the queue is empty, the response is 0,"No error"...
  • Page 783 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem :SYSTem:ERRor:STATic? Returns a list of all errors existing at the time when the query is started. This list corre- sponds to the display on the info page under manual control. Return values: <StaticErrors>...
  • Page 784 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem Return values: <NextInfo> string Example: :SYSTem:NINFormation? Queries the oldest entry in the info message queue. Response: 90,"Info;=== Instrument startup... ===" Information message containing error number 90, that states, that the instrument startup is complete.
  • Page 785 Query only :SYSTem:SAV <Pathname> Saves the current R&S SMA100B settings in a file. To deteremine the file name and storage location, enter the directory and file name with the command. According to the file type, the R&S SMA100B assigns the extension (*.savrcltxt) automatically.
  • Page 786 ® R&S SMA100B Remote control commands SYSTem subsystem Setting parameters: <Pathname> string Example: SYSTem:RCL "/var/user/temp/Test" // loads the "Test.savrcltxt" file from the directory /var/user/temp/. Usage: Setting only :SYSTem:PROTect<ch>[:STATe] <State>[, <Key>] Activates and deactivates the specified protection level. Suffix: <ch> Indicates the protection level.
  • Page 787 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem STANdard Recognizes an LF (Line Feed) as the terminator regardless of whether it is sent with or without EOI. *RST: n.a. (factory preset: STANdard) Example: Example"Finding out VISA resource strings" on page 776.
  • Page 788 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem Parameters: <IpAddress> string Range: 0.0.0.0. to ff.ff.ff.ff Example: Example"Retrieving information on network-related set- tings" on page 775. Manual operation: "IP Address" on page 424 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress:MODE <Mode> Selects manual or automatic setting of the IP address.
  • Page 789 425 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:COMMon]:HOSTname <Hostname> Sets an individual hostname for the R&S SMA100B. Note:We recommend that you do not change the hostname to avoid problems with the network connection. If you change the hostname, be sure to use a unique name.
  • Page 790 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem Example: Example"Retrieving information on network-related set- tings" on page 775. Manual operation: "Workgroup" on page 424 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:IPADdress]:DNS <DNS> Determines or queries the network DNS server to resolve the name. Parameters: <DNS> string Example: Example"Retrieving information on network-related set-...
  • Page 791 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity <Parity> Enters the parity for the serial remote control interface. Parameters: <Parity> NONE | ODD | EVEN *RST: n.a. (factory preset: NONE) Example: Example"Finding out VISA resource strings" on page 776.
  • Page 792 Selects the mode to determine the "IDN String" and the "OPT String" for the instru- ment, selected with command :SYSTem:LANGuage. Note: While working in an emulation mode, the R&S SMA100B specific command set is disabled, that is, the SCPI command SYST:IDEN is discarded.
  • Page 793 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem Manual operation: "Set to Default" on page 429 :SYSTem:IRESponse <IdnResponse> Defines the user defined identification string for *IDN. Note: While working in an emulation mode, the instrument's specific command set is disabled, i.e. the SCPI command SYST:IRES is discarded.
  • Page 794 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem :SYSTem:INFormation:SCPI <InfoString> Inserts system information in recorded SCPI command lists, for example information on a missing command. Parameters: <InfoString> string Example: SYST:INF:SCPI "missing command" enters the information into a recorded SCPI command list.
  • Page 795 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem Example: Example"To disable the LAN interface and LAN services" on page 777. Manual operation: "LAN Services" on page 396 :SYSTem:SECurity:NETWork:RAW[:STATe] <SecPassWord>, <RawState> Disables the LAN interface for remote control of the instrument over raw socket port.
  • Page 796 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem Setting parameters: <SecPassWord> string Current security password. Example: Example"To disable the LAN interface and LAN services" on page 777. Manual operation: "LAN Services" on page 396 :SYSTem:SECurity:NETWork:SOE[:STATe] <SecPassWord>, <SoeState> Disables control of the instrument over LAN using SCPI commands.
  • Page 797 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem Example: Example"To disable the LAN interface and LAN services" on page 777. Manual operation: "LAN Services" on page 396 :SYSTem:SECurity:NETWork:VNC[:STATe] <SecPassWord>, <VncState> Disables the VNC interface for remote control of the instrument.
  • Page 798 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem :SYSTem:SECurity:SUPolicy <SecPassWord>, <UpdatePolicy> Configures the automatic signature verification for firmware installation. Parameters: <UpdatePolicy> STRict | CONFirm | IGNore *RST: n.a. (factory preset: CONFirm) Setting parameters: <SecPassWord> string Manual operation: "Secure Update Policy"...
  • Page 799 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem :SYSTem:SPECification:VERSion <Version> Selects a data sheet version from the data sheets saved on the instrument. Further queries regarding the data sheet parameters (<Id>) and their values refer to the selected data sheet.
  • Page 800 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem :SYSTem:SPECification:VERSion:CATalog? Queries all data sheet versions stored in the instrument. Return values: <VersCatalog> string Example: on page 798. :SYSTem:SPECification? Usage: Query only :SYSTem:SPECification:VERSion:FACTory? Queries the data sheet version of the factory setting.
  • Page 801 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem Usage: Query only :SYSTem:DATE <Year>, <Month>, <Day> Queries or sets the date for the instrument-internal calendar. This is a password-protected function. Unlock the protection level 1 to access it. Parameters: <Year> integer <Month>...
  • Page 802 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem <Minute> integer Range: 0 to 59 <Second> integer Range: 0 to 59 Example: Example"Configuring date and time" on page 778. Manual operation: "Time" on page 839 :SYSTem:TIME:ZONE <TimeZone> Sets the timezone. You can query the list of the available timezones with :SYSTem: TIME:ZONE:CATalog?.
  • Page 803 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem Manual operation: "Time Protocol" on page 840 :SYSTem:UPTime? Queries the up time of the operating system. Return values: <UpTime> "<ddd.hh:mm:ss>" Example: SYSTem:UPTime? Response: "0.08:11:00" Usage: Query only :SYSTem:BIOS:VERSion? Queries the BIOS version of the instrument.
  • Page 804 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B SYSTem subsystem :SYSTem:MMEMory:PATH:USER? Queries the user directory, that means the directory the R&S SMA100B stores user files on. Return values: <PathUser> string Example: SYSTem:MMEMory:PATH:USER? Response: "'/var/user/" Usage: Query only :SYSTem:DFPRint <Directory> Creates a file with the device footprint of the product.

  • Page 805: Status Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B STATus subsystem :SYSTem:RESTart Restarts the instrument without restarting the operating system. Usage: Event :SYSTem:SHUTdown Shuts down the instrument. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Shut down" on page 847 :SYSTem:WAIT <TimeMs> Delays the execution of the subsequent remote command by the specified time.
  • Page 806 Return values: A decimal value in the range 0 to 32767 (=2 ● The configuration commands set the respective register thus determining which status changes of the R&S SMA100B cause the status registers to be changed. Setting values: A decimal value in the range 0 to 32767 (=2 ..................806 :STATus:OPERation:CONDition? ...................806...
  • Page 807 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B STATus subsystem :STATus:OPERation[:EVENt] < > Queries the content of the EVENt part of the STATus:OPERation register. This part contains information on the actions performed in the instrument since the last readout. The content of the EVENt part is deleted after being read out.
  • Page 808 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B STATus subsystem Example: STAT:PRES resets the status registers. :STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition <Condition> Queries the content of the CONDition part of the STATus:QUEStionable register. This part contains information on the action currently being performed in the instrument.

  • Page 809: Test Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B TEST subsystem Example: STAT:QUES:NTR 0 a transition from 1 to 0 in the condition part of the STA- Tus:QUEStionable register does not cause an entry to be made in the EVENt part :STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition <PTransition>...
  • Page 810 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B TEST subsystem Example: Testing the screen display // show the check screen :TEST:PIXel:WINdow 1 // selct the color for the display, e.g. blue TEST:PIXel:COLor BLUE // select the sequence for changing the color automatically TEST:PIXel:COLor AUTO //(~3s per color) // select a specific RGB color, e.g.
  • Page 811 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B TEST subsystem "AUTO" switches from one color to the next in tme intervals of approximately 3 s per color. Setting parameters: <PixTestColor> RED | BLUE | WHITe | GREen | AUTO | GR25 | GR50 | GR75 |...

  • Page 812: Trigger Subsystem

    You can work with an internal or with an externally applied trigger signal. In this case, use the commands in the SOURce:INPut subsystem to configure the signal. The trigger system of the R&S SMA100B is a simplified implementation of the SCPI trigger system. The TRIGger system differs from the SCPI system as follows: ●...
  • Page 813 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B TRIGger subsystem R&S proprietary value name SCPI conform value name Parameter in manual control EXTernal EXTernal "Ext Single" and "Ext Step" mode. Use command LFO:SWEep:MODE to select between the two sweep modes. EAUTo "Ext Start/Stop" mode.
  • Page 814 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B TRIGger subsystem SINGle [BUS] Executes one complete sweep cycle. The following commands initiate a trigger event: on page 493 *TRG [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:EXECute [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:EXECute :TRIGger<hw>[:SWEep][:IMMediate], :TRIGger<hw>: PSWeep[:IMMediate] :TRIGger<hw>:FSWeep[: IMMediate]. Set the sweep mode with the commands: [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:MODEAUTO|STEP...
  • Page 815 ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B TRIGger subsystem EAUTo An external signal triggers the sweep. As soon as one sweep is finished, the next sweep starts. A second trigger event stops the sweep at the current frequency and level value pairs, a third trig- ger event starts the trigger at the start values, and so on.

  • Page 816: Unit Subsystem

    ® Remote control commands R&S SMA100B UNIT subsystem 15.23 UNIT subsystem The UNIT subsystem is used to set default units for parameters if no unit is indicated in a command. These settings are valid for the entire instrument. Example: Setting default units for remote control...

  • Page 817: Troubleshooting And Notifications

    832. Understanding R&S SMA100B notifications The R&S SMA100B distinguishes between various notifications caused by events or functions. It displays a notification in the "Info" line on the screen temporarily, and saves all notifications in a history list. In addition, an event initiates an entry in the event/error queue of the status reporting system.

  • Page 818: Permanent Notifications

    Below the error text, there is an explanation to the respective error. 16.3 Device-specific notifications Start-up error If device-specific notifications occur during operation, the R&S SMA100B issues corre- sponding error messages, as listed under Errors during operation. However, problems can also occur during start-up.
  • Page 819 ● If the notification reappears, a hardware error has occurred. We recommend that you contact the Rohde & Schwarz customer support, or ship your R&S SMA100B directly to the service center experts for troubleshoot- ing (www.services.rohde-schwarz.com). Errors during operation The following table contains all error messages specific for the instrument, marked by positive error codes in numerical order and an explanation of the error situation.

  • Page 820: Querying Notifications

    The file extension is wrong for the expected data. 16.4 Querying notifications The R&S SMA100B monitors the functions performed and automatically detects irregu- larities. The instrument displays corresponding notifications in the "Info" line and col- lects all notifications in a history with a detailed description.
  • Page 821 "Static Notifications" dialog. Handling permanent notifications If any critical error occurs, the R&S SMA100B automatically shows the warning icon in the taskbar. Select the icon to obtain information on the error and the number of occurrences.

  • Page 822: Resolving Network Connection Failures

    26. ● Observe the link status LED on the R&S SMA100B or the connected network device. The link status LED is located next to the LAN connector. If a link failure is detected, connect the instrument to a different device port or to a different network device.

  • Page 823: Resolving Errors During Internal Adjustments

    824 To resolve aborted internal adjustments If an error occurs, the R&S SMA100B displays a notification in the "Information" field and saves the notification in the history list. 1. Select "Info".

  • Page 824: Measuring Usb Cable Quality

    829. 16.7 Measuring USB cable quality To check the quality of the USB cable, see the service manual of the R&S SMA100B. 16.8 Checking the instrument configuration The R&S SMA100B uses various hardware and software components. To get an over- view, you can check the instrument assemblies, hardware options, software options and the firmware version.
  • Page 825 SMA100B Checking the instrument configuration 2. Select "Hardware Options". The dialog lists installed hardware options on the R&S SMA100B. Proceed the same way to get information on the firmware or the installed software options in the corresponding tab. Checking the RF hardware assembly To find out the installed RF hardware: 1.

  • Page 826: Hardware Configuration Settings

    SMA100B Checking the instrument configuration Proceed the same way to get information on general or baseband hardware modules or on the operating times of the R&S SMA100B in the corresponding tab. 16.8.1 Hardware configuration settings Access: ► Select "System Config" > "Setup" > "Instrument Assembly" > "Hardware Config".

  • Page 827: Versions And Options Settings

    Troubleshooting and notifications R&S SMA100B Checking the instrument configuration Counter Displays information on the operation times of the R&S SMA100B. Operation Time / h ← Counter Displays the operation time in hours so far. Remote command: on page 516 :DIAGnostic:INFO:OTIMe? Power On Count ←...
  • Page 828 *OPT? on page 491 *IDN? Versions The "Versions" tab shows the versions of the technical specification of the R&S SMA100B and of the software components that comprise the firmware. "Package" Name of the component. "Version" Current issue of the component.

  • Page 829: Collecting Information For Technical Support

    817. To collect error information in a support file 1. Connect a USB device to the R&S SMA100B. 2. Select "System Config > Setup > Maintenance > Create R&S Support Information". 3. In the "Create R&S Support Information" dialog, navigate to the /usb directory.

  • Page 830: Contacting Customer Support

    To remove sensitive data ► For information on how to handle or remove the sensitive data from your instru- ment, refer to the description "R&S SMA100B Instrument Security Procedures". To pack and transport the instrument ► If you need to transport or ship the instrument, see Chapter 17, "Transporting",...
  • Page 831 ® Troubleshooting and notifications R&S SMA100B Contacting customer support Figure 16-1: QR code to the Rohde & Schwarz support page User Manual 1178.3834.02 ─ 12...

  • Page 832: Transporting

    Securing When moving the R&S SMA100B in a vehicle or using transporting equipment, make sure that the R&S SMA100B is properly secured. Only use items intended for securing objects. Transport altitude The maximum transport altitude without pressure compensation is specified in the specifications document.

  • Page 833: Maintenance, Storage And Disposal

    837. Self-calibration routines that require additional equipment are performed at an author- ized Rohde & Schwarz service center. For description, see the R&S SMA100B service manual. 18.3.1 Internal adjustments Using the integrated adjustment procedures, you can start the calibration directly on the instrument.
  • Page 834 ® Maintenance, storage and disposal R&S SMA100B Performing maintenance tasks Table 18-1: Standard (no option) or high output power (R&S SMAB-B35/-B37/-B39/-K31/-K33/) Frequency option R&S SMAB-B103/../-B120 R&S SMAB-B131/../-B167 R&S SMAB-B131/../-B167 <4.60.112.29SP5 ≥4.60.112.29SP5 Firmware version Not relevant Min. power rating 1 W (30 dBm)
  • Page 835 ® Maintenance, storage and disposal R&S SMA100B Performing maintenance tasks How to: See Chapter 18.3.1.3, "How to use the internal adjustments", on page 837. Settings Adjust All Executes all available internal calibration routines of the instrument. Note: Before you start the internal adjustment, make sure that you have connected a termination resistor, if necessary.
  • Page 836 ® Maintenance, storage and disposal R&S SMA100B Performing maintenance tasks 18.3.1.2 Delayed adjustment settings Access: ► Select "System Config > Setup > General > Delayed Adjustment". In this dialog, you can set the internal adjustments to start automatically after the selected warm up time and to switch off the instrument after calibration.
  • Page 837 "Running internal adjustments" on page 837. Running internal adjustments 1. After switching on, the R&S SMA100B requires up to 30 minutes to warm up. Wait until the instrument has reached operating temperature to achieve accurate adjustments. 2. NOTICE! High power at the RF 50 Ω output can destroy a connected DUT (device under test).

  • Page 838: Date And Time

    18.3.2 Date and time The R&S SMA100B uses an internal real-time clock to determine the date and time. It adjusts the time and date to the timezone of your location automatically, by providing a selection list of continents and cities.
  • Page 839 ® Maintenance, storage and disposal R&S SMA100B Performing maintenance tasks Moreover, the instrument supports NTP protocol for synchronizing all connected instru- ments and computer systems to minimize time delays in the network. 18.3.2.1 Date and time settings Access: ► Select "System Config" > "Setup" > "Maintenance" > "Date / Time".
  • Page 840 ® Maintenance, storage and disposal R&S SMA100B Performing maintenance tasks Remote command: on page 801 :SYSTem:TIME Timezone Selects the timezone in the date and time settings of the operating system. You can select the timezone according to the major cities on the respective continents.

  • Page 841: Check Front Panel

    ® Maintenance, storage and disposal R&S SMA100B Performing maintenance tasks To set the date and time 1. NOTICE! This function is password-protected. Unlock the protection level 1 to access it. Since the date and time settings affect time-based options, changing the date and time can therefore lead to loss of access to the function of the options.
  • Page 842 ® Maintenance, storage and disposal R&S SMA100B Performing maintenance tasks Reflecting the front panel, the "Check Front Panel" dialog contains all functions to test the operating elements of the instrument. 18.3.3.2 How to test the front panel See: ● "Testing the key panel"...
  • Page 843 ® Maintenance, storage and disposal R&S SMA100B Performing maintenance tasks Note: Pressing the same key again has no further effect, except for the [Esc] key. Pressing this key a third time, terminates the test procedure. 5. Continue with the next key on the front panel and repeat...

  • Page 844: Check Display Screen

    Access: ► Select "System Config > Setup > Maintenance > Check Display Screen". The R&S SMA100B fades out the current display and indicates the screen in red. Short instructions on the screen explain how to execute the test. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 15.21, "TEST...

  • Page 845: Fpga/Uc Update Settings

    To toggle between the provided colors manually, use the navigation controls [Left/Right] or the rotary knob. The R&S SMA100B provides the colors red, green, blue, white, three levels of gray shades and black. c) To switch between the screen colors automatically, use the [Up] key.
  • Page 846 ® Maintenance, storage and disposal R&S SMA100B Performing maintenance tasks This dialog enables you to check for internal assembly updates and perform updates. Settings: Check For Updates..................... 846 Assembly........................846 Install...........................846 Shut down........................847 Update External Devices.....................847 └ Check For Updates..................847 Check For Updates Check for updates of the FPGA/µC.

  • Page 847: Delete Temporary Files

    18.3.6 Delete temporary files During signal processing, the R&S SMA100B creates and saves various temporary files in a predefined directory on its non-volatile memory. This predefined directory is a protected system directory you cannot access in the "File Manager", but you can delete all temporary files saved there.

  • Page 848: Disposal

    ® Maintenance, storage and disposal R&S SMA100B Disposal 18.4 Disposal Rohde & Schwarz is committed to making careful, ecologically sound use of natural resources and minimizing the environmental footprint of our products. Help us by dis- posing of waste in a way that causes minimum environmental impact.

  • Page 849: Annex

    The following program example shows a simple TcpClient class that is intended to explain on how to get started with programming of sockets. The example sets up a socket communication to R&S SMA100B and opens a simple user interface, very similar to the telnet, which allows input of commands. To enable real automation, further development of the program is required.
  • Page 850 ® Reference information for remote control R&S SMA100B Telnet program examples using namespace std; typedef struct sockaddr_in SockAddrStruct; typedef struct hostent HostInfoStruct; class TcpClient public: TcpClient(); ~TcpClient(); void connectToServer( string &hostname, int port ); void disconnect( ); void transmit( string &txString );...
  • Page 851 ® Reference information for remote control R&S SMA100B Telnet program examples currentHostInfo = NULL; clientIsConnected = false; printf("error connecting host\n" ); currentHostName = hostname; currentPort = port; currentSocketDescr = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0); if( currentSocketDescr == 0 ) currentHostName = "";...
  • Page 852 ® Reference information for remote control R&S SMA100B Telnet program examples delete [] transmitBuffer; void TcpClient::receive( string &rxString ) if( !clientIsConnected ) throw string("connection must be established before any data can be received\n"); char * receiveBuffer = new char[receiveBufferSize]; memset( receiveBuffer, 0, receiveBufferSize );...
  • Page 853 ® Reference information for remote control R&S SMA100B Telnet program examples TcpClient client; switch( argc ) case 3: useSingleCommand = true; singleCommand = argv[2]; case 2: hostname = argv[1]; break; default: printUsage(); return(-1); client.connectToServer( hostname, port ); bool terminate = false;...

  • Page 854: Gpib Interface

    ® Reference information for remote control R&S SMA100B GPIB interface }catch( const string errorString ) cout<<errorString<<endl; client.disconnect( ); return errorCode; A.2 GPIB interface Option: R&S SMAB-B86. This section provides detailed information on the general-purpose interface bus (GPIB) interface "IEC 625/IEEE 488" for remote control of the instrument. It covers the follow- ing topics: ●...
  • Page 855 Interface functions You can use different interface functions to control the instrument via the GPIB inter- face. Table A-1 lists the interface functions for the R&S SMA100B. Table A-1: GPIB interface functions Control character Interface function Handshake source function (source handshake), full capability Handshake sink function (acceptor handshake), full capability Listener function, full capability, de-addressed by MTA.

  • Page 856: B Available User Files And File Extensions

    ® Available user files and file extensions R&S SMA100B B Available user files and file extensions The table Table B-1 lists available file extensions for user files on the instrument. Some files depend on the installed options. For more information, refer to the specifications document.

  • Page 857: C Unit Shortcuts

    ® Unit shortcuts R&S SMA100B C Unit shortcuts When specifying units or quantities during data entry, the R&S SMA100B provides the following shortcuts for simplified input. Shortcut Designation Context Unit a, A ampere Current atto- Area, surface c, C centi-...
  • Page 858 ® Unit shortcuts R&S SMA100B Shortcut Designation Context Unit n, N nano- Area, surface Current Distance, length Electromagnetic force, level Power Time, period, etc. Ω o, O Impedance, resistance p, P peta- Area, surface percent Level, ratio pico- Area, surface...

  • Page 859: D Morse Code Settings

    ® Morse code settings R&S SMA100B D Morse code settings The COM/ID tone is sent according to the selected code (see Table D-1). The length of the Morse code can be varied. For selected standard time scheme, the selected dot length determines the setting of all other length parameters of the Morse code (dash length, symbol space and letter space) .

  • Page 860: Glossary: Terms And Abbreviations

    IP address and subnet mask automatically, when DHCP server in the LAN is not available. Base unit: This term describes a R&S SMA100B equipped with the option R&S SMAB-B103. Clock: A mandatory internal or an external reference clock signal for generating the timing pulse in the instrument.
  • Page 861 LSB: Least significant bit MIMO: Multiple input multiple output MSB: Most significant bit PC: Personal computer Power: A term describing the signal level of the RF signal product page: A designation of the R&S SMA100B product page www.rohde- schwarz.com/product/SMA100B.html Remote access: Remote operation...
  • Page 862 Glossary: Terms and abbreviations R&S SMA100B Remote control: The operation of the R&S SMA100B by remote control commands or programs to perform automated tests. The instrument is connected to a system controller via LAN/VXI-11, GPIB or USB using VISA. The instrument is controlled directly or supported by instrument drivers.
  • Page 863 ® Glossary: Terms and abbreviations R&S SMA100B Trigger event: A trigger event is caused by the received trigger signal or executed manual trigger. UE: User equipment USBTMC: (USB test & measurement class) A protocol built on top of USB for communication with USB devices. Using...

  • Page 864: Glossary: Publications And References

    Glossary: Publications and references Symbols 1GP66: Rohde & Schwarz application note "Testing True Performance of ADCs using ® R&S SMA100B Signal Generator" www.rohde-schwarz.com/appnote/1GP66 1GP98: Rohde & Schwarz application note "SCPI-Recorder - Test Automation at Your Fingertips" www.rohde-schwarz.com/appnote/1GP98 1GP120: Rohde & Schwarz application note "Remote Emulation with the R&S SMA100B Signal Generator"...
  • Page 865 ® Glossary: Publications and references R&S SMA100B GFM318: Rohde & Schwarz application note "Automotive Radar - Chirp Analysis with R&S RTP Oscilloscope" www.rohde-schwarz.com/appnote/GFM318 User Manual 1178.3834.02 ─ 12...

  • Page 866: List Of Commands

    ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B List of Commands :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:MARKer<ch>:FEED..............543 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:MARKer<ch>:STATe..............543 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:MATH<ch>:STATe..............543 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:MATH<ch>:SUBTract..............544 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:MATH<ch>:XVAL............... 544 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:MATH<ch>:YVAL............... 544 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:MARKer<ch>:FEED................545 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:MARKer<ch>:STATe................545 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:MATH<ch>:STATe................545 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:MATH<ch>:SUBTract................ 546 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:MATH<ch>:XVAL................546 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:POWer:MATH<ch>:YVAL................546 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:GATE<ch>:AVERage?................547 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:GATE<ch>:FEED..................547 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:GATE<ch>:MAXimum?.................547 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:GATE<ch>:STARt................. 548 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:GATE<ch>:STATe................. 548 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:GATE<ch>:STOP..................548 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:MARKer<ch>:FEED................549 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:MARKer<ch>:STATe................549 :CALCulate[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:MATH<ch>:STATe.................549...
  • Page 867 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B :CSYNthesis:STATe............................511 :CSYNthesis:VOLTage...........................513 :DEVice:PRESet............................495 :DIAGnostic:INFO:OTIMe?..........................516 :DIAGnostic:INFO:POCount?........................517 :DIAGnostic<hw>:BGINfo:CATalog?......................516 :DIAGnostic<hw>:BGINfo?..........................516 :DIAGnostic<hw>:POINt:CATalog?........................517 :DIAGnostic<hw>[:MEASure]:POINt?......................517 :DISPlay:ANNotation:AMPLitude........................527 :DISPlay:ANNotation:FREQuency......................... 528 :DISPlay:ANNotation[:ALL]..........................528 :DISPlay:BRIGhtness.............................527 :DISPlay:BUTTon:BRIGhtness........................527 :DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe..........................529 :DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe:ALL........................530 :DISPlay:DIALog:ID?............................. 528 :DISPlay:DIALog:OPEN..........................529 :DISPlay:PSAVe:HOLDoff..........................526 :DISPlay:PSAVe[:STATe]..........................526 :DISPlay:UPDate[:STATe]..........................527 :DISPlay[:WINDow][:POWer]:SWEep:BACKground:COLor................551 :DISPlay[:WINDow][:POWer]:SWEep:GRID:STATe..................551 :FORMat:BORDer............................530...
  • Page 868 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B :MMEMory:COPY............................501 :MMEMory:DATA............................502 :MMEMory:DCATalog:LENGth?........................503 :MMEMory:DCATalog?...........................503 :MMEMory:DELete............................503 :MMEMory:LOAD:STATe..........................503 :MMEMory:MDIRectory..........................504 :MMEMory:MOVE............................504 :MMEMory:MSIS............................504 :MMEMory:RDIRectory..........................504 :MMEMory:RDIRectory:RECursive........................505 :MMEMory:STORe:STATe..........................505 :OUTPut:ALL[:STATe]............................ 538 :OUTPut:FPRoportional:SCALe........................539 :OUTPut:USER:MARKer..........................540 :OUTPut<hw>:AFIXed:RANGe:LOWer?....................... 540 :OUTPut<hw>:AFIXed:RANGe:UPPer?......................540 :OUTPut<hw>:AMODe..........................538 :OUTPut<hw>:FILTer:MODE......................... 539 :OUTPut<hw>:IMPedance?...........................539 :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:CLEar.........................541 :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:TRIPped?......................541 :OUTPut<hw>[:STATe]...........................538...
  • Page 869 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:TIMing[:MODE]................565 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:YSCale:AUTO................. 566 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:YSCale:AUTO:RESet..............566 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:YSCale:MAXimum................566 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:FREQuency:YSCale:MINimum................567 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:DATA?..................... 567 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:DEVice....................568 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage................. 569 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage:CSV:DPOint............569 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage:CSV:HEADer............569 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage:CSV:ORIentation.............570 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage:CSV[:COLumn]:SEParator........570 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:DEVice:SIZE................... 570 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]................... 571 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:DIRectory............... 571 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:DIRectory:CLEar............571 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:FILE?..............572 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:STATe..............572 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:DAY:STATe..........573 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:DAY?............572 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:MONTh:STATe..........573 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:MONTh?............573...
  • Page 870 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:RMODe.......................582 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:SPACing[:MODE]..................582 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:STARt......................582 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:STEPs......................582 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:STOP......................583 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:TEVents...................... 583 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:YSCale:AUTO.................... 583 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:YSCale:AUTO:RESet................. 584 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:YSCale:MAXimum..................584 :SENSe[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME:YSCale:MINimum..................585 :SENSe<ch>:UNIT[:POWer].......................... 602 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:APERture:DEFault:STATe..................603 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:APERture:TIMe......................603 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:CORRection:SPDevice:LIST?...................604 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:CORRection:SPDevice:SELect.................603 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:CORRection:SPDevice:STATe.................. 604 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:DISPlay:PERManent:PRIority................... 604 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:DISPlay:PERManent:STATe..................605 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:LENGth:AUTO?....................605 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:LENGth[:USER]....................605 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:NSRatio......................606 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:NSRatio:MTIMe....................606...
  • Page 871 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:TRIGger:AUTO..............561 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:TRIGger:DTIMe..............561 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:TRIGger:HYSTeresis............561 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:TRIGger:LEVel..............562 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:TRIGger:SLOPe..............562 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:TIME[:SENSor]:TRIGger:SOURce...............562 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:TYPE?........................610 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:ZERO........................562 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:ZERO........................610 :SLISt:CLEar:LAN............................601 :SLISt:CLEar:USB............................601 :SLISt:CLEar[:ALL]............................602 :SLISt:ELEMent<ch>:MAPPing........................602 :SLISt:SCAN:LSENsor...........................600 :SLISt:SCAN:USENsor..........................601 :SLISt:SCAN[:STATe].............................600 :SLISt:SENSor:MAP............................602 :SLISt[:LIST]?..............................600 :SOURce<hw>:PRESet..........................495 :STATus:OPERation:CONDition?........................806 :STATus:OPERation:ENABle......................... 806 :STATus:OPERation:NTRansition........................807...
  • Page 872 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity......................791 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:RESource?....................791 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:SBITs......................791 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:RESource?....................791 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:RESource?....................791 :SYSTem:DATE..............................801 :SYSTem:DFPRint............................804 :SYSTem:DLOCk............................783 :SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?...........................780 :SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL?........................780 :SYSTem:ERRor:CODE[:NEXT]?........................781 :SYSTem:ERRor:COUNt?..........................781 :SYSTem:ERRor:GNEXt?..........................782 :SYSTem:ERRor:HISTory:CLEar........................782 :SYSTem:ERRor:STATic?..........................783 :SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?..........................782 :SYSTem:FILes:TEMPorary:DELete......................805 :SYSTem:FPReset............................495 :SYSTem:HELP:EXPort..........................792 :SYSTem:IDENtification..........................792 :SYSTem:IDENtification:PRESet........................792 :SYSTem:INFormation:SCPI..........................794...
  • Page 873 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B :SYSTem:SECurity:NETWork:VNC[:STATe]....................797 :SYSTem:SECurity:NETWork[:STATe]......................797 :SYSTem:SECurity:SANitize[:STATe]......................797 :SYSTem:SECurity:SUPolicy......................... 798 :SYSTem:SECurity:VOLMode[:STATe]......................798 :SYSTem:SHUTdown.............................805 :SYSTem:SPECification:IDENtification:CATalog?..................799 :SYSTem:SPECification:PARameter?......................799 :SYSTem:SPECification:VERSion......................... 799 :SYSTem:SPECification:VERSion:CATalog?....................800 :SYSTem:SPECification:VERSion:FACTory?....................800 :SYSTem:SPECification?..........................798 :SYSTem:SRData?............................800 :SYSTem:STARtup:COMPlete?........................800 :SYSTem:TIME.............................. 801 :SYSTem:TIME:PROTocol..........................802 :SYSTem:TIME:ZONE........................... 802 :SYSTem:TIME:ZONE:CATalog?........................802 :SYSTem:ULOCk............................784 :SYSTem:UPTime?............................803 :SYSTem:VERSion?............................
  • Page 874 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:LREFerence?............591 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:MAXimum:DISPlay:ANNotation[:STATe]....592 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:MAXimum?............. 591 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:MINimum:DISPlay:ANNotation[:STATe]....592 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:MINimum?...............591 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:PULSe:BASE:DISPlay:ANNotation[:STATe]... 592 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:PULSe:BASE?............591 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:PULSe:TOP:DISPlay:ANNotation[:STATe]....592 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:PULSe:TOP?............591 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:REFerence:DISPlay:ANNotation[:STATe]....592 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:POWer:REFerence?............591 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:ALL:DISPlay:ANNotation[:STATe]......593 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:DCYCle:DISPlay:ANNotation[:STATe].....592 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:DCYCle?..............591 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:DURation:DISPlay:ANNotation[:STATe]....592 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:DURation?...............591 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:PERiod:DISPlay:ANNotation[:STATe]......592 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:PERiod?..............591 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:SEParation:DISPlay:ANNotation[:STATe]....592 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:SEParation?............591 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:PULSe:STATe?..............591 :TRACe<ch>[:POWer]:SWEep:MEASurement:TRANsition:NEGative:DURation:DISPlay: ANNotation[:STATe]..........................592...
  • Page 875 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B :TRIGger<hw>:PSWeep:SOURce......................... 813 :TRIGger<hw>:PSWeep[:IMMediate]......................815 :TRIGger<hw>[:SWEep]:SOURce......................... 813 :TRIGger<hw>[:SWEep][:IMMediate]......................815 :UNIT:ANGLe..............................816 :UNIT:POWer..............................816 [:SOURce]:CORRection:CSET:CATalog?...................... 694 [:SOURce]:CORRection:CSET:DELete......................695 [:SOURce]:INPut:TRIGger:SLOPe........................ 710 [:SOURce]:LFOutput:OFFSet........................715 [:SOURce]:LFOutput:VOLTage........................716 [:SOURce]:LFOutput<ch>:BANDwidth?......................712 [:SOURce]:LFOutput<ch>:FREQuency......................713 [:SOURce]:LFOutput<ch>:INTernal:VOLTage....................715 [:SOURce]:LFOutput<ch>:SOURce.......................716 [:SOURce]:LFOutput<ch>:SOURce:PATH....................716 [:SOURce]:LFOutput<ch>[:STATe]........................ 715 [:SOURce]:PM<ch>[:DEViation]........................636 [:SOURce]:POWer:WIGNore.........................
  • Page 876 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:DEPTh:SUM......................... 621 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:DEViation:MODE......................622 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:MODE...........................621 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:RATio..........................622 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:TYPE..........................623 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM<ch>:DEPTh:EXPonential..................... 621 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM<ch>:DEPTh:LINear...................... 620 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM<ch>:SENSitivity:EXPonential..................622 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM<ch>:SENSitivity[:LINear]....................623 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM<ch>:SOURce....................... 620 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM<ch>:STATe........................619 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM<ch>[:DEPTh]........................ 620 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:BANDwidth......................625 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:COMPression:RATio?..................... 625 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:DIRection........................ 625 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:PULSe:NUMBer...................... 625 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:PULSe:PERiod......................626 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:PULSe:WIDTh......................626 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:STATe........................626 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:TRIGger:IMMediate....................627 [:SOURce<hw>]:CHIRp:TRIGger:MODE.......................627 [:SOURce<hw>]:COMBined:FREQuency:STARt..................
  • Page 877 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B [:SOURce<hw>]:EFRontend[:FREQuency]:IFRequency[:VALue]?............... 698 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:DEViation:MODE......................630 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:DEViation:SUM......................631 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:MODE........................... 631 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:RATio..........................631 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:SENSitivity?........................632 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM<ch>:SOURce........................630 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM<ch>:STATe........................629 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM<ch>[:DEViation]......................629 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:CENTer......................705 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:MANual......................703 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:MODE......................701 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:MULTiplier...................... 704 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:OFFSet......................704 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:PHASe:CONTinuous:HIGH?................707 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:PHASe:CONTinuous:LOW?................707 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:PHASe:CONTinuous:MODE................708 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:PHASe:CONTinuous:STATe................708 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:PLL:MODE..................... 707 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:SPAN......................705 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STARt......................705 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STEP:MODE....................706 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STEP[:INCRement]..................706 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STOP......................706...
  • Page 878 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:LLOBe[:FREQuency]...................674 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:MODE......................674 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:PHASe......................675 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:PRESet......................675 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:RLOBe[:FREQuency].................. 675 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:SDM......................675 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:LOCalizer:SOURce...................... 676 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:PRESet.........................653 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:SETTing:CATalog?....................... 653 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:SETTing:DELete......................654 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:SETTing:LOAD......................654 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:SETTing:STORe......................654 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:STATe........................... 654 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS:TYPE..........................660 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM:COUPling..................660 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM:CURRent..................660 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM:DIRection..................661 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM:LOGarithmic..................661 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM:PCT....................661 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM:POLarity..................662 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM:STEP.....................662 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:DDM[:DEPTh]..................662 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:FREQuency....................663 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:FREQuency:MODE................663 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:FREQuency:SYNChronize[:STATe]............655 [:SOURce<hw>]:ILS[:GS|GSLope]:FREQuency:SYNChronize[:STATe]............663...
  • Page 879 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe......................717 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:PULSe:DCYCle................717 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:PULSe:PERiod................717 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:PULSe:WIDTh................717 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:TRAPeze:FALL................718 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:TRAPeze:HIGH................718 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:TRAPeze:PERiod................718 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:TRAPeze:RISE................718 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:TRIangle:PERiod................719 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput<ch>:SHAPe:TRIangle:RISE................719 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:CATalog?........................731 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DELete........................731 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DELete:ALL........................ 732 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:AFILe:CATalog?..................733 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:AFILe:EXTension................... 734 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:AFILe:SELect..................734 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:COLumn..............734 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:DECimal..............734 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:EXECute....................733 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:MODE....................735 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:SELect....................735 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DWELl.........................726...
  • Page 880 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:DEViation:MODE......................635 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:DEViation:SUM......................635 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:MODE...........................634 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:RATio..........................635 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:SENSitivity?........................636 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM<ch>:SOURce....................... 634 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM<ch>:STATe........................634 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC:DSENsitivity....................743 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC:EDETector:FACTor..................743 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC:EDETector:LEVel....................743 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC:SONCe......................744 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC[:STATe]......................742 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ATTenuation:PATTenuator..................744 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ATTenuation:RFOFf:MODE..................744 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:EMF:STATe......................744 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:LBEHaviour......................745 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:LIMit[:AMPLitude]....................745 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:MANual........................745 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:MODE........................746 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:POWer........................746 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:RANGe:LOWer?....................753 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:RANGe:MAX?......................753 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:RANGe:MIN?......................
  • Page 881 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:SOURce........................640 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:STATe........................640 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:THReshold....................... 642 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:CATalog?.......................643 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DELete......................643 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:AFILe:CATalog?............... 646 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:AFILe:EXTension..............646 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:AFILe:SELect................647 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:COLumn............646 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:DECimal............646 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:EXECute.................. 647 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:MODE..................645 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:DEXChange:SELect..................647 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:OFFTime.......................644 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:OFFTime:POINts?..................644 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:ONTime......................644 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:ONTime:POINts?..................644 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:REPetition..................... 644 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:REPetition:POINts?..................644 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRAin:SELect......................645 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRIGger:MODE....................... 638 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TTYPe........................641...
  • Page 882 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:RUNNing?..................769 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SHAPe.................... 768 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SPACing..................767 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP:LOGarithmic................769 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP[:LINear]................. 769 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:TIME....................773 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:COMid:CODE......................683 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:COMid:DASH......................683 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:COMid:DEPTh......................683 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:COMid:DOT....................... 683 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:COMid:FREQuency....................684 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:COMid:LETTer......................684 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:COMid:PERiod......................684 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:COMid:SYMBol......................685 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:COMid:TSCHema...................... 685 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:COMid[:STATe]......................685 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:FREQuency........................686 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:FREQuency:MODE....................686 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:ICAO:CHANnel......................686 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:MODE........................687 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:PRESet........................653 [:SOURce<hw>]:VOR:REFerence[:DEViation]....................
  • Page 883 ® List of Commands R&S SMA100B *CLS................................490 *ESE................................490 *ESR?................................490 *IDN?................................491 *IST?................................491 *OPC................................491 *OPT?................................491 *PRE................................492 *PSC................................492 *RCL................................492 *RST................................492 *SAV................................493 *SRE................................493 *STB?................................493 *TRG................................493 *TST?................................494 *WAI................................494 <subsystem>:FREQuency:SYNChronize:STATe...................655 <subsystem>:PRESet............................653 <subsystem>:SETTing:CATalog........................653 <subsystem>:SETTing:DELete........................653 <subsystem>:SETTing:LOAD........................654 <subsystem>:SETTing:STORe........................654 <subsystem>:STATe............................654 DIAGnostic:HUMS:DELete:ALL........................518...

  • Page 884: Index

    ® Index R&S SMA100B Index Symbols Adjustments All ................835 /var/user directory ............496 All delayed ..............836 /var/volatile directory ............496 Continue ..............835 &GTL ................465 Delay settings ............836 &LLO ................465 Information ..............835 &NREN ................465 Last full adjustment ...........
  • Page 885 ® Index R&S SMA100B Attenuator settings Change Level range ............... 229 GPIB address ........... 455, 463 Mode ................. 229 Change password RF OFF mode ............229 Setup (security) ............401 Step attenuator below 20 GHz ........229 Change user password Auto once Setup (security) ............
  • Page 886 ® Index R&S SMA100B COM/ID depth Connecting to RF coaxial connectors ADF ................165 To connect to pluggable connectors ......30 COM/ID dot length To connect to screwable connectors ......29 ADF ................165 To prepare for connecting ........... 29...
  • Page 887 ® Index R&S SMA100B Disconnect ..............175 Display Data entry ................56 Active elements ............54 Data format Brightness ..............367 Definition ..............531 Context-sensitive menu ..........54 Data list Info line ............... 54 Access ..............344 Information ..............52 How to open .............. 497 Lock ................
  • Page 888 ® Index R&S SMA100B EMF display External frequency RF level ..............369 Reference oscillator ..........319 Emulation External instrument IDN string ..............430 Settings ..............176 Language ..............429 External RF Mode ................. 429 Configuration and settings ........175 Set IDN and OPT to default ........429 Enable LAN interface ............
  • Page 889 Checking hardware options ........824 Gated signal Checking RF assembly ..........825 Chirp modulation ............93 Configure the R&S SMA100B for frontend control ... 170 Gateway ................425 Configuring external ALC .......... 234 General configuration of instrument ........ 365 Connect an R&S SZM ..........169 Connecting external ALC ........
  • Page 890 ® Index R&S SMA100B Internal adjustments ..........837 Signal settings ............143 Multiplying RF output frequencies ......174 Sync with localizer ..........142, 149 Output the external frontend RF signal ..... 174 ILS glide slope amplitude ..........145 Resolve adjustments errors ........823 DDM - SDM coupling ..........
  • Page 891 ® Index R&S SMA100B ILS marker beacons signal IP address ............... 411 Marker depth ............. 158 Changing ..............452 Marker frequency ............158 Dynamic ..............424 Pulsed marker ............158 LXI ................444 Impedance Not recognized ............822 External modulation source ........116 NRP sensor mapping ..........
  • Page 892 ® Index R&S SMA100B LAN interface List Avahi ................. 396 Define ............... 219 Enable ............... 396 Range ............... 219 FTP ................396 State ................. 216 HTTP ................ 396 Values, defining ..........223, 242 LAN over SCPI ............396 List file SMB (Samba) ............396 Catalog ..............
  • Page 893 ® Index R&S SMA100B Managing license keys ............ 378 Mounting, in a rack ............25 Managing licenses ............378 Mouse Manual interaction ............. 51 Usage ................. 51 Map network share Multiple files Settings ............. 348, 349 Copy ............347, 355, 356 Mapping network folders ..........
  • Page 894 ® Index R&S SMA100B Connector ..............264 Output, LF Device ID ..............266 Offset .................118 Host name ..............265 Voltage ..............118 IP address ..............265 Overview Protocol ..............264 AM ................121 Scan ................265 LF Out ............... 120 Sensor name ............
  • Page 895 ® Index R&S SMA100B Power analysis ..............266 PULM Access ..............269 Delay ................. 101 Example ..............271 Double pulse delay ........... 101 Marker settings ............276 Double pulse width ........... 101 Options ..............266 Impedance (trigger input) .......... 109 Trace reference settings ...........
  • Page 896 ® Index R&S SMA100B Network status ............423 OPT string ..............430 R&S signed packages QR code ..............442 Secure update policy ..........390 RS232 ............... 428 Rack installation ..............42 Serial resource (VISA resource string) ..... 427 Rack, mounting ..............25 Set IDN and OPT to default ........
  • Page 897 ® Index R&S SMA100B RF level Save Configuring ..............61 Editor ............104, 224, 243 EMF display .............. 369 Instrument settings ........... 342 Offset ................72 Power analysis ............302 Power-On state ............369 User menu ..............372 Setting characteristics ......... 73, 211, 257 Save and load ..............
  • Page 898 ® Index R&S SMA100B Enter password (setup) ..........398 Managing ..............331 New password (setup) ..........400 NRP power control ............ 254 New user password (setup) ........400 NRP power viewer ............ 252 Old password (setup) ..........400 NRP sensor mapping ..........264 Old user password ............
  • Page 899 ® Index R&S SMA100B Single Status register Execute (list mode) ........... 218 Response format deinition ........530 Single trigger Status reporting system ..........417 Chirp modulation ............94 Common commands ..........490 SMB (Samba) Overview of status registers ........417 LAN services .............
  • Page 900 ® Index R&S SMA100B Sweep type Triangle Frequency sweep ..........202, 213 Rise ................114 Switching Trigger On or off ..............30 Event (remote) ............493 Symbolic name Execute (list mode) ........... 218 Remote Instrument ........... 178 Power Sensors ............298 Synchronization bandwidth Sweep, manually ............
  • Page 901 ® Index R&S SMA100B Settings ..............375 Period ............... 134 Toggle between define and execute mode ....376 State ................. 133 User manual ..............21 Symbol space ............135 User menu ............... 371 Time schema ............134 Access ..............373 VOR position Clear .................

This manual is also suitable for:

Smab-b1hSmab-b28Smab-b29Smab-b32Smab-b34Smab-b35 ... Show all

Table of Contents

Save PDF